MDT Service Manual PDF

Publication No.
W303-0257E
Service Manual
(MDT-8)
07
Multiplex Data Transmitter

Model
MDT-8
W303-0257E
ｃ
◯2006
PRINTED IN JAPAN
0612 E
Foreword
Foreword
This service manual covers the multiplex data TR-600XXL-4 (*) (1) GR-600-1-00213
transmitter (MDT) system installed on the TADANO
TR-800XXL-4 (*) (1) GR-800-1-00211
cranes.
The crane models to which this manual is applicable (1) GR-700E-1-00211
GR-700EXL-1 (*)
are listed in the table below. (2) GR-700E-1-00212
In undertaking repair, refer to the separate parts (1) GR-550E-1-00211

GR-550EX-1
catalog and crane-covering service manual for (2) GR-550E-1-00212
pertinent information.
(1) TR-300-4-00101
If the parts replacement is required, check the TR-300XL-4
(2) TR-300-4-00102
disassembly and order units from the applicable parts
(1) GR-300E-1-00201
catalog.
GR-300EX-1 (2) GR-300E-1-00202
(3) GR-300E-1-00203
1. Applicable spec. No.
(1) TR-150-4-00101
2006.12. TR-150XL-4
(2) TR-150-4-00102
Applicable crane model
Even when the model of your crane is not listed
here, use this manual if the publication No. of this
Crane model Spec. No. manual is specified in the service manual for that
crane.
(1) GR-450-1-00101
TR-450XL-4 (2) GR-450-1-00102
(3) GR-450-1-00103
(1) GR-500-1-00101
TR-500XL-4 (2) GR-500-1-00102
(3) GR-500-1-00103
(1) GR-500-1-00211
TR-500XL-4 (*) (2) GR-500-1-00214
(3) GR-500-1-00213
TR-600XL-4 (1) GR-600-1-00101
TR-600XXL-4 (1) GR-600-1-00103
TR-800XXL-4 (1) GR-800-1-00101
(1) GR-700E-1-00101
GR-700EXL-1
(2) GR-700E-1-00102
Please note that, for product Improvement, some

changes may have been incorporated in the machine
that are not covered in this manual.
1 W303-0257E
Foreword
2. Contents
Foreword ....................................................... 1 Disassembly and reassembly......................... 71

1. Applicable spec. No. ......................................... 1 1. MDT main unit .................................................71
2. Contents............................................................ 2 1.1 Disassembly and reassembly ...................71
2. Connector ........................................................71
Structure and function....................................... 7 2.1 Removing and attaching the connector
1. System Configuration........................................ 7 contact ................................................71
2. Structure of MDT ............................................... 8 2.1.1 AMP.070 Multi-lock connector (Mark ) ...72
2.1 Upper MDT ................................................. 8 2.1.2 AMP.040 Multi-lock connector (Mark ) ...75
2.2 Lower MDT ................................................. 9 2.1.3 AMP.040 Multi-lock connector (Mark ) ..78
3. Check functions............................................... 10 2.1.4 AMP.040 Multi-lock connector (Mark )...81
3.1 System runaway prevention circuit........... 10 2.2 Crimping receptacle contact .....................83
3.2 Memory check function ............................ 10
3.3 ROM check function ................................. 10 Connection diagram for connectors................ 84
3.4 Transfer data check function (transfer line 1. TR-450XL-4 and TR-500XL-4 .........................84
failure detecting function) ................... 10 1.1 Upper MDT ...............................................84
3.5 Lower unit output check function.............. 10 1.2 Lower MDT ...............................................87
3.6 Power supply voltage check function ....... 10 2. TR-500XL-4(*) .................................................91
3.7 Manual check function.............................. 10 2.1 Upper MDT ...............................................91
4. Display function............................................... 11 2.2 Lower MDT ...............................................94
4.1 Display...................................................... 11 3. TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4
4.2 Software identification (ID)/version nos. and GR-700EXL-1 ..............................98
display ................................................ 12 3.1 Upper MDT ...............................................98
4.3 Error display ............................................. 12 3.2 Lower MDT .............................................101
4.4 Error history display.................................. 12 4. TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
4.5 Error history erasure................................. 13 GR-700EXL-1(*) and GR-550EX-1...105
4.6 Check mode display ................................. 13 4.1 Upper MDT .............................................105
4.7 Priority of display function ........................ 13 4.2 Lower MDT .............................................108
4.8 Input and output transmission to AML...... 13 5. TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1 ......................112
4.9 Port/bit Nos., input/output signal Nos. 5.1 Upper MDT .............................................112
and corresponding signals ................. 14 5.2 Lower MDT .............................................115
5. Fail-safe function............................................. 17 6. TR-150XL-4 ...................................................119
5.1 Fail-safe state ........................................... 17 6.1 Upper MDT .............................................119
6.2 Lower MDT .............................................122
Troubleshooting .............................................. 18
1. Check procedures ........................................... 18 Input/output signal lists ................................. 126
2. Error code list .................................................. 20 1. TR-450XL-4 and TR-500XL-4 .......................126
2.1 Error code detected in upper MDT ........... 20 1.1 Upper I/O signal lists...............................126
2.2 Error code detected in lower MDT ........... 29 1.2. Lower I/O signal lists...............................129
3. Check chart ..................................................... 67 2. TR-500XL-4(*) ...............................................131
3.1 Check chart 1 ........................................... 68 2.1 Upper I/O signal lists...............................131
3.2 Check chart 2 ........................................... 69 2.2 Lower I/O signal lists...............................134
3.3 Check chart 3. .......................................... 70
2 W303-0257E
Foreword
3. TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4 3. Parking alarm.................................................163

and GR-700EXL-1............................ 136 3.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
3.1 Upper I/O signal lists .............................. 136 TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
3.2 Lower I/O signal lists .............................. 138 TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
4. TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
GR-700EXL-1(*) and GR-550EX-1 .. 141 TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
4.1 Upper I/O signal lists .............................. 141 GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1,
4.2 Lower I/O signal lists .............................. 143 TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
5. TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1...................... 146 and TR-150XL-4 ...............................163
5.1 Upper I/O signal lists .............................. 146 4. CHG lamp ......................................................164
5.2 Lower I/O signal lists .............................. 149 4.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
6. TR-150XL-4................................................... 151 TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
6.1 Upper I/O signal lists .............................. 151 TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
6.2 Lower I/O signal lists .............................. 154 TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
Data table ................................................... 156 GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1,
1. One-to-one input/output system.................... 158 TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
1.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4 and TR-150XL-4 ...............................164
and TR-500XL-4............................... 158 5. Headlamp ......................................................165
1.2 Applicable model: TR-500XL-4(*)........... 158 5.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
1.3 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4, TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4 TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
and GR-700EXL-1............................ 159 TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
1.4 Applicable model: TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-4(*) GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1,
and GR-550EXL-1............................ 159 TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
1.5 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4, and TR-150XL-4 ...............................165
and GR-300EX-1.............................. 160 6. Rear steering lock..........................................166
1.6 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 .............. 161 6.1 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 ...............166
2. Parking lamp ................................................. 162 7. Rear steering lock pin lamp ...........................167
2.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, 7.1 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 ...............167
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), 8. Rear steering lock (lower)..............................168
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, 8.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1, TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1 TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
and TR-150XL-4............................... 162 GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1,
TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
and TR-150XL-4 ...............................168
3 W303-0257E
Foreword
9.Rear center lamp .......................................... 169 13.2 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4,

9.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4..........178
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), 14. High/Low and 2-wheel/4-wheel drive
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, mode selector ...................................179
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, 14.1 Applicable model:
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), TR-450XL-4 (--540339) ....................179
GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1, 14.2 Applicable model:
TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1 ......... 169 TR-450XL-4 (540340--),
9.2 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 .............. 169 TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
10. Outriggers..................................................... 167 TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
10.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, and TR-150XL-4 ...............................180
TR-500XL-4 and TR-500XL-4(*), ..... 170 14.3 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4,
10.2 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4,
TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4(*),
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*)
TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*) and GR-550EX-1 ..............................181
and GR-550EX-1.............................. 171 15. Engine revolution detection ..........................182
10.3 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4, 15.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4 ......... 172 TR-500XL-4, TR-600XL-4,
11. Outrigger switch neutral position TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4
detection........................................... 173 and GR-700EXL-1 ............................182
11.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, 15.2 Applicable model: TR-500XL-4(*),
TR-500XL-4 and TR-500XL-4(*), ..... 173 TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
11.2 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4, GR-700EXL-1(*) and GR-550EX-1...183
TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4, 15.3 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4(*), GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4..........184
TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*), 16. Speed warning and overrun warning ............185
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4 16.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4
and GR-300EX-1.............................. 174 TR-500XL-4 and TR-500XL-4(*).......185
11.3 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 ................ 175 16.2 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4,
12. Outrigger retraction operation detection ...... 176 TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4,
12.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4(*),
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*)
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, and GR-550EX-1 ..............................186
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, 16.3 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4,
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4..........187
GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1, 17. PTO limiter ....................................................188
TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1 17.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
and TR-150XL-4............................... 176 TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
13. Exhaust brake .............................................. 177 TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
13.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1(*) and GR-550EX-1...188
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, 17.2 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4,
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4..........189
GR-700EXL-1(*) and GR-550EX-1 .. 177
4 W303-0257E
Foreword
18. Torque converter low pressure warning..... 190 23. Air pressure detection ................................197
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1, GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1,
TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1 ......... 190 TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
18.2 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4................ 191 and TR-150XL-4 ...............................197
19. Air heater ...................................................... 192 24. Torque converter pressure detection ............198
TR-500XL-4, TR-600XL-4, TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4 TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
and GR-700EXL-1............................ 192 TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
20. Hydraulic oil temperature indicator .............. 193 TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
20.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1,
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, and TR-150XL-4 ...............................198
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, 25. Steering.........................................................199
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), 25.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4
GR-700EXL-1(*) and GR-550EX-1 .. 193 and TR-500XL-4 ...............................199
20.2 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4, 25.2.Applicable model: TR-500XL-4(*) ............201
GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4 ......... 194 25.3 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4,
21. Low fuel warning .......................................... 195 TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4
21.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, and GR-700EXL-1 ............................203
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), 25.4 Applicable model: TR-600XXL-4(*),
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-4(*)
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, and GR-550EXL-1 ............................205
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), 25.5 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4
GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1, and GR-300EX-1 ..............................207
TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1 25.6 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 ................209
and TR-150XL-4............................... 195 26. Reverse steering...........................................212
22. Jib lock lamp................................................. 196 26.1 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4,
22.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4,
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4(*),
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*),
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), and GR-300EX-1 ..............................212
GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1, 27. Spring lock ....................................................213
TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1 27.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
and TR-150XL-4............................... 196 TR-500XL-4 and TR-500XL-4(*).......213
27.2 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4
and GR-300EL-1...............................215
27.3 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 ................218
5 W303-0257E
Foreword
28. Suspension lock ........................................... 221 34.Steering pump low-pressure alarm................258

28.1 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4, 34.1 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4
TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4, and GR-300EX-1 ..............................258
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4(*), 34.2 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 ................259
TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*) 35. Wiper control.................................................260
and GR-550EX-1.............................. 221 35.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
29. Transmission ................................................ 222 TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
29.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4 TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
and TR-500XL-4............................... 222 TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
29.2.Applicable model: TR-500XL-4(*)............ 227 TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
29.3 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4, GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1,
TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4 TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1..........260
and GR-700EXL-1............................ 232 36. Drum indicator ..............................................260
29.4 Applicable model: TR-600XXL-4(*), 36.1 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 ................262
TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-4(*)
and GR-550EXL-1............................ 236
and GR-300EX-1.............................. 240
29.6 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4................ 247
30. PTO travel lamp ........................................... 253
30.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4,
TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*),
TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,
TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*),
GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1,
TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
and TR-150XL-4............................... 253
31. C/W mounting /dismounting ......................... 254
TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4(*),
TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*)
and GR-550EX-1.............................. 254
32. T/C Oil temperature...................................... 255
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4(*),
TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4
and GR-300EX-1.............................. 255
33. Electronic governor ...................................... 256
GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4 ......... 256
6 W303-0257E
Structure and function
1. System Configuration
The multiplex data transmitter (MDT) system consists of various blocks as shown in the configuration
diagram below.
AML
Input
RXD2 TXD2 TXD3
Di1-64 (switches)
Ai1-8 (sensors) Display Control Po4, Po5, Ao1 Combination
Pi3,4 (Drum rotation sensor) LED1～4 SW1, SW2 *Po1, Po2 meter
*LED5, 6
Output
Pi1, Pi2 Upper MDT
Tr1-24 (relays, lamps, buzzer)
(main speed, tachometer)
TXD1 RXD1
Rotary joint
Input *Po1, Po2 RXD1 TXD1

Display
*Pi1, Pi2, Pi4 LED1, 2 MSOL1, 2
Output
*LED3, 4
(main speed, tachometer sensor) Tr1-4 (relays)
RY1-56 (actuators)
Input Lower MDT Ao1-3 (Engine ECU)
Di1-32 (switches)
Ai1-11 (sensors) PMONI1～16 MONI1～56
Communication channel
Pi3 (sub speed sensor)
CHG (alternator) Input/output channel
*:Only for hardware
IW303-0261J52E
1. PMONI1 to PMONI16 :
Signals representing monitored voltage of power supplies RPOW1-RPOW16 for the lower unit relay output
2. MONI1 to MONI56 :
Signals representing monitored output voltage of lower unit outputs RY1-RY56
3. MSOL1 :
Signal of relay cutting the output power supply of lower unit outputs RY41 and 42
4. MSOL2 :
Signal of relay cutting the output power supply of lower unit outputs RY43-48
7 W303-0257E
2. Structure of MDT
[NOTICE]
There is a case that the appearance and so on differ from the parts for this machine. Although there is not so
much difference in functions and disassembly procedures, make sure of the serial number of this machine and
the parts sales unit described in the parts catalog before starting disassembling operations.
2.1 Upper MDT
1 2 3 4 4
CN6
CN1 LED6 LED2
LED5 LED3 CN7
LED1
Error code display

CN2 (LED4)
CN8
SW1 SW2
CN3 5
CN9
CN4 6
MODEL
SER.No.
TYPE
CODE No.
DATE CN10
CN5
MADE IN JAPAN
3
7
8
IW303-0251E11
1. Base 3. Screw 5. Display panel 7. CPU board

2. Cover 4. Screw 6. Name plate 8. Screw
8 W303-0257E
2.2 Lower MDT
1 2
CN7 CN1
LED2 LED1
CN8 CN2
3
CN3
CN9
LED4 LED3
CN4
CN10 CN5
CN6
CN11
4
MODEL
SER.No.
TYPE
CODE No.
DATE
MADE IN JAPAN
7 6 5 1
9
10
IW303-0251E12
1. Screw 4. Name plate 7. CPU board 10. Base

2. Screw 5. Cover 8. Screw
3. Display sheet 6. Relay board 9. Spacer
9 W303-0257E
3. Check functions 3.7 Manual check function
When the system automatically shuts off or does

3.1 System runaway prevention circuit
not operate properly due to unknown malfunction,
The system software is designed to generate a press the externally added-on system check
pulse within the laps of a certain preset time after switch, and the system is reset and restarts itself.
the orderly execution of programs.
The pulse is monitored by an external hardware
unit so as to stop the system in the fail-safe state,
when the program runs out of order.
3.2 Memory check function
This function is for checking the correct data

reading from and writing into the RAM in the CPU,
and for stopping the system in the fail-safe state if
faults are found.
3.3 ROM check function
This function checks if the data in the ROM (flash

memory) is normal. If an error occurs, the system
stops in the fail-safe state.
3.4 Transfer data check function

(transfer line failure detecting function)
This function is for detecting failure of the

receiving data to secure correct transfer of data
even when data is affected by noise. The faulty
data would not replace the former data.
If faulty communication from upper to lower unit
continues for 600 ms, the system assumes that
the wire is broken and stops in the fail-safe state.
3.5 Lower unit output check function
The output signal from the lower unit is monitored,

and if the signal does not match with the intended
output, the system is stopped in the fail-safe state.
3.6 Power supply voltage check function
The system automatically shuts off in the fail-safe

state when power supply voltage transiently drops
below about 17 volts at the time of the engine
start-up, etc. In addition, when the power supply
voltage is regained, the system is reset
automatically, and restarts itself.
10 W303-0257E
4. Display function 4. Error code display (LED4)

This displays the error code when failure occurs in
4.1 Display the system.
This is also used to display the software
4.1.1 Upper MDT
ID/version, error history, error history erasure and
check mode.
5. LED5 (green)
LED6 LED2 This lights up when the constant-voltage regulated
LED5 LED3
LED1 power supply circuit (5V circuit) in the upper MDT
operates normally, and goes out when trouble
occurs.
Error code display 6. LED6 (red)

(LED4) This lights up when the system is being reset.
SW1 SW2 (e.g., when the system check switch is pressed, or
when the power supply voltage is approx. 17V or
IW303-0251E13 less)
4.1.2 Lower MDT

1. LED1 (red)
After the system is reset, this stays off until the
data from the lower MDT is received normally.
After the data is received, this flashes for a cycle
of 0.8 second.
This flashes for a cycle of 0.2 second while the
LED2 LED1
error 31 or 32 occurs.
2. LED2 (red)
After the system is reset or the PTO switch is
turned on, this stays off until the data from AML is
LED4 LED3
received normally. After the data is received, this
IW303-0251E14
flashes for a cycle of 0.8 second.
This flashes for a cycle of 0.2 second while the
error 33 or 35 occurs. (Not lit when the PTO 1. LED1 (red)
switch is off.) After the sysyem is reset, this stays off until the
data from the upper MDT is received normally.
3. LED (red)
After the data is received, this flashes for a cycle
After the system is reset or the data from the
of 0.8 second.
lower MDT is normally received, this stays off until
This flashes for a cycle of 0.2 second when the
the transmission feedback to the combination
error 36 or 37 occurs.
meter is normally completed.
After the feedback, this flashes for a cycle of 0.8 2. LED2 (red)
second. Not lit (Not used)
This flashes for a cycle of 0.2 second when the
error 38 occurs.
11 W303-0257E
3. LED3 (green) 2. Once the error code is displayed, it remains on

This lights up when the constant-voltage regulated the display until the system is reset (when the
power supply circuit (5V circuit) in the lower MDT system check switch is pressed) even after the
operates normally, and goes out when trouble system goes back to normal. The error code will
occurs. be displayed again when trouble occurs.
Error code 01 and 02 will automatically disappear
4. LED4 (red)
when the system goes back to normal.
This lights up when the system is being reset.
(e.g., when the system check switch is pressed, or 3. When two or more errors occur, each error code is
when the power supply voltage is approx. 17V or displayed for 1 second in sequence repeatedly.
less)
4.4 Error history display
4.2 Software identification (ID)/version nos.
display 1. Error codes are stored up to max. 60.
But error code 48 and 49 are not stored.
When the power supply is turned on or the system When an error code that is identical with the last
check switch is pressed, identification and version stored error code occurs, it will not be stored.
nos. of upper and lower MDT are displayed on the
error code display as shown below. 2. Operation
Version No. Version No. Press SW1 on upper MDT for 1 second or more,
ID of upper MDT of lower MDT
and the number of errors stored in the memory
Reset→4A→Not shown→52→Not shown→L2→Not shown→end
1 0.5 1 0.5 1 0.5
will appear.Then, consecutive one-second display
second second second second second second
of each error code will appear in reverse
IW303-0251E17 chronological order. After the last error code is
[NOTICE] displayed, this mode terminates automatically.
As the software ID and version numbers may be
3. Conditions
changed because of improvement etc., check actual
status by displaying them on the error code display. Parking switch : ON
Gearshift lever : N
Upper unit Lower unit
Crane model ID
version version
4. Display example
TR-150XL-4 15 01 L7 When five error codes 25, FC, 01, 25 and F0 are
TR-300XL-4 stored in chronological order:
3A 02 L7
GR-300EX-1 Press SW1 Number of errors
TR-450XL-4 for 1 second → Not shown → 05 → Not shown →
4A 53 L7 or more. 0.5 1 0.5
TR-500XL-4 second second second
TR-500XL-4(*) 5A 01 L7 Error Code

TR-600XL-4 F0 → 25 → 01 → FC → 25 → Not shown → End
TR-600XXL-4 1 1 1 1 1
second second second second second
0.5
second
6A 52 L7
TR-800XXL-4 IW303-0251E18
GR-700EXL-1
TR-600XXL-4(*), When no stored error code exist:
TR-800XXL-4(*), Press SW1 Number of errors
8A 01 L7 → Not shown → 00 → Not shown →End
GR-700EXL-1(*), for 1 second
or more.
GR-550EX-1 0.5
second
1
second
0.5
second
4.3 Error display IW303-0251E19
1. When failure is detected in upper/lower MDT, error

code is displayed on the error code display.
12 W303-0257E
4.5 Error history erasure

6. Keep pressing SW2 for 1 second or longer, and
1. Operation port No. and bit No. display will progress one by
Press SW1 and SW2 on the upper MDT one at every 0.2 second and will stop when SW2
simultaneously for 5 seconds or more, and the is released.
system will enter the error history erasure mode.
When all error codes are erased, “00” will appear 7. Press SW1 once to go back to the previous bit.
for 1 second, and the error history erasure mode Keep pressing SW1 for 1 second or longer, and
terminates automatically. port No. and bit No. display will progress in
reverse order one by one at every 0.2 second and
2. Conditions will stop when SW1 is released.
Parking switch : ON
Gearshift lever : N 8. To terminate check mode, keep pressing SW2 or
press the system check switch.
3. Display example
9. Display example
Press SW1 and SW2 : SW2 is pressed once.
simultaneously for → Not shown → 00 → Not shown →End
5 seconds or more. : SW1 is pressed once.
0.5 1 0.5
seconds second second After all the segments mark up (for 1 second):
IW303-0251E20
Ui 1.0. 11 … Uo 10 Uo
87 Uo … Li 1.0. … Lo
10 Lo 67 Lo … 87 End
4.6 Check mode display
1. Press SW2 on the upper MDT twice within 2 4.7 Priority of display function
seconds, and the system enters check mode to let
Display function is prioritized as follows:
all the segments mark up for 1 second.
1. Check mode display
2. The LED in the left of the error code display 2. Error history erasure, error history display
displays port Nos; and right side LED, bit Nos. 3. Error display
The indication of “.” (decimal point) explains the
You can change the display of lower priority into
condition of the corresponding signal.
that of higher priority, but the reverse alternation is
(Refer to “Port/bit Nos. and corresponding signals”
unavailable. The alternation between error history
list.)
erasure and error history displays is available.
Lit (both decimal points) : ON (Ex. “1.0.”)
Not lit : OFF (Ex. “1 0 ”)
4.8 Input and output transmission to AML
3. Press SW2 once to go to the next bit number.
The condition of the signal corresponding to the
When you are through all the bit in one port, you
input and output number (0-255) received from
will go to the next port by pressing the switch.
AML is transmitted to AML.
4. The order of indication, as shown in “Port/bit Nos. For digital input and output, 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF) is
and corresponding signals” list, is upper unit input transmitted. Analog input and output is transmitted
(port 1-8), upper unit output (port 1-3), lower unit after being converted into 0-225.
input (port 1-6) and lower unit output (port 1-8). The condition of the signal corresponding to the
input and output number can be checked by “MDT
5.Before each input and output display, display of Ui, monitor” display function in the AML maintenance
Uo, Li or Lo comes on first, and then port and bit mode.
nos. display follow. (Refer to the “Input/output signal Nos. and
corresponding signals” list.)
13 W303-0257E
4.9 Port/bit Nos., input/output signal Nos. and corresponding signals
For the name of signal, refer to “Input/output signal lists”.

1. PMONI1 to PMONI16 :
Signals monitering the voltages of power supplies RPOW1 to RPOW16 for the lower unit relays
2. MONI1 to MONI56 :
Signals monitering the output voltages of lower unit outputs RY1 to RY56
3. MSOL1 :
Signal of relay cutting the output power supply of lower unit outputs RY41 and 42
4. MSOL2 :
Signal of relay cutting the output power supply of lower unit outputs RY43 to 48
CPU Lower MDT

Signal(monitor)
PMONI13
12V
Signal Relay
(output) Fuse
MSOL1 Driver R
RPOW13
(Power supply for the
12V lower unit relay)
Signal Relay
RY41 (output)
Driver R
RY41
(Output power supply
from lower unit relay)
Signal(monitor)
MONI41
.CPU always checks outputs signal (RY41) and

monitor signal (MONI41).
If these signals do not match up,CPU displays
the error cord.
(refer to "Troubleshooting" for details) IW303-0253E01
14 W303-0257E
4.9.1 Port/bit Nos. and corresponding signals (MDT check mode display function)
Upper input Upper output Lower input Lower output
Port Bit Port Bit Port Bit Port Bit Port Bit Port Bit Port Bit
Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal
No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
0 Di1 0 Di33 0 Tr1 0 Di1 0 PMONI1 0 MONI1 0 MONI33
1 5 1 1 5 1 5
2 6 2 2 6 2 6
0 Di17 0 Di49 0 Tr17 0 Di17 0 MONI17 0 MONI49
3 7 3 3 3 7
0 Di25 0 Di57 0 Di25 0 MONI25 0 Tr1
1 Di26 1 Di58 1 Di26 1 MONI26 1 Tr2
2 Di27 2 Di59 2 Di27 2 MONI27 2 Tr3
3 Di28 3 Di60 3 Di28 3 MONI28 3 Tr4
4 8 4 4 8
4 Di29 4 Di61 4 Di29 4 MONI29 4 MSOL1
5 Di30 5 Di62 5 Di30 5 MONI30 5 MSOL2
6 Di31 6 Di63 6 Di31 6 MONI31 6
7 Di32 7 Di64 7 Di32 7 MONI32 7
15 W303-0257E
4.9.2 Input/output signal Nos. and corresponding signals (AML’s “MDT monitor” display function)
Upper input Upper output Lower input Lower output Analog input
Input/ Input/ Input/ Input/ Input/ Input/ Input/ Input/
output Signal output Signal output Signal output Signal output Signal output Signal output Signal output Signal
No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
Upper
1 Di1 33 Di33 65 Tr1 89 Di1 121 PMONI1 137 MONI1 169 MONI33 201
Ai1
Upper
Ai2
Upper
Ai3
Upper
Ai4
Upper
Ai5
Upper
Ai6
Upper
Ai7
Upper
Ai8
Upper
Ai9
Upper
Ai10
Lower
Ai1
Lower
Ai2
Lower
Ai3
Lower
Ai4
Lower
Ai5
Lower
Ai6
Lower
17 Di17 49 Di49 81 Tr17 105 Di17 153 MONI17 185 MONI49 217
Ai7
Lower
Ai8
Lower
Ai9
Lower
Ai10
Lower
Ai11
Lower
Ai12
23 Di23 55 Di55 87 Tr23 111 Di23 159 MONI23 191 MONI55 Analog output
24 Di24 56 Di56 88 Tr24 112 Di24 160 MONI24 192 MONI56 Input/
output Signal
25 Di25 57 Di57 113 Di25 161 MONI25 193 Tr1 No.
Upper
26 Di26 58 Di58 114 Di26 162 MONI26 194 Tr2 231
Ao1
Lower
27 Di27 59 Di59 115 Di27 163 MONI27 195 Tr3 241
Ao1
Lower
28 Di28 60 Di60 116 Di28 164 MONI28 196 Tr4 242
Ao2
Lower
29 Di29 61 Di61 117 Di29 165 MONI29 197 MSOL1 243
Ao3
30 Di30 62 Di62 118 Di30 166 MONI30 198 MSOL2
31 Di31 63 Di63 119 Di31 167 MONI31
32 Di32 64 Di64 120 Di32 168 MONI32
16 W303-0257E
5. Fail-safe function
5.1 Fail-safe state
When a failure occurs, non-critical operation is maintained to avoid hazard.
Circuit Designation State

1 TR-150XL-4 Spring lock check release ・If a failure occurs, the valve maintains the existing
TR-300XL-4 solenoid valve state.
GR-300EX-1 ・If a failure still exists, the valve maintains existing state
even after the system check switch is pressed.
TR-450XL-4
TR-500XL-4
TR-500XL-4(*)
TR-600XL-4
TR-600XXL-4
TR-800XXL-4
GR-700EXL-1 Suspension lock release
TR-600XXL-4(*) solenoid valve
TR-800XXL-4(*)
GR-700EXL-4(*)
GR-550EX-1
2 Headlamp (low beam) ・If a failure occurs, the lamp maintains the existing
state.
・The lamp lights up when system check switch is
pressed. The lamp stays lit if a failure still exists, even
after the system is reset.
3 Circuit other than the above circuit ・If a fault occurs, the system assumes OFF state.
17 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
LED3 (red) : Communication with combination
The multiplex data transmitter (MDT) system meter
includes various blocks interconnected by many Normal : Flashing (in a 0.8-second cycle)
wires and connectors as shown in “System Faulty : Not lit (Flashes in a 0.2-second cycle
configuration”. When the system does not operate when error 38 occurs.)
normally, follow the procedures below to check the
Error code display (LED4)
system, understanding the faulty conditions precisely
Check the display
to identify the faulty block and component.
LED5 (green) : 5V power supply
Normal : Lit
1. Check procedures Faulty : Not lit
1. Press the sysyem check switch. LED6 (red) : Resetting

Normal : Not lit (Lit while the system check
System check switch location:
switch is being pressed.)
Inside the upper relay box
Faulty : Lit [when the system is being reset (e.g.,
2. Check the conditions of LEDs on the upper and when the system check switch is pressed,
lower MDT and the upper MDT error code display. or when the power supply voltage is
approx. 17V or less)]
2.1 Upper MDT
2.2 Lower MDT
LED6 LED2
LED5 LED3
LED1
LED2 LED1
Error code display
(LED4)
SW1 SW2
LED4 LED3
IW303-0251E13
IW303-0251E14
LED1 (red) : Communication with lower MDT

LED1 (red) : Communication with upper MDT
Normal : Flashing (in a 0.8-second cycle)
Faulty : Not lit (Flashes in a 0.2-second cycle
Faulty : Not lit (Flashes in a 0.2-second cycle
when error 31 or 32 occurs.)
when error 36 or 37 occurs.)
LED2 (red) : Communication with AML
LED2 (red) : Not used
Not lit
(Not lit when PTO switch is off)
Faulty : Not lit (Flashes in a 0.2-second cycle LED3 (green) : 5V power supply
when error 33 or 35 occurs.) Normal : Lit
Faulty : Not lit
18 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
LED4 (red) : Resetting 6. When the faulty block is found in the upper or
Normal : Not lit (Lit while the system check lower MDT, replace the board, referring to the
switch is being pressed.) “Disassembly and reassembly” section.
Faulty : Lit [when the system is being reset (e.g., To remove the terminals of the connector, follow
when the system check switch is pressed, the removing instructions in the “Disssembly and
or when the power supply voltage is resassembly” section.
approx. 17V or less)]
3. When the error code is displayed or the LED

shows the faulty state, follow the procedures
below to check the system.
When the error code is not displayed on the error
code display, perform the same operation as that
on the faulty condition to check the system
operates normally. If the error code is displayed or
the system does not operate normally
consequently, follow the procedures below to
check the system.
4. Check the input and output signals on the MDT

which seems to be faulty according to the error
code lists and faulty conditions. Find the faulty
circuit or parts and repair or replace them,
referring to the “Data table” at the end of this
manual or electrical circuit diagram in “Service
Manual” for your model.
For checking MDT input and output signals, use
the following functions:
1. MDT check mode display function

To check digital signal condition
2. “MDT monitor” display function in the AML

maintenance mode
To check digital and analog signal condition
When the input power supply seems to be faulty,

check the voltage according to “Initial conditions
before checking” in the check chart.
5. If the cause can not be identified after the above,

check in accordance with the check chart.
19 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
2. Error code list

Error code 01, 02, 48 and 49 will automatically
1. When two or more errors exist, each error code is disappear when the system goes back to normal.
repeatedly displayed every one second. For the error codes marked with *, the MDT action
will remain until the system is reset.
2. Once the error code is displayed, it remains on The error code will be displayed again if the error
the display until the system is reset (When the remains.
system check switch is pressed) even after the
system goes back to normal. 3. Short circuit may occur in ground and power
The error code will be displayed again if the error supply circuits.
remains.
2.1 Error code detected in upper MDT

Error codes vary depending on the machine models. Check the error code to be detected with the table below.
: Error code to be detected - : Error code not to be detected
TR-600XL-4 TR-600XXL-4(*)
TR-450XL-4 TR-150XL-4
Error TR-600XXL-4 TR-800XXL-4(*)
TR-500XL-4(*) TR-300XL-4
code TR-500XL-4 TR-800XXL-4 GR-700EXL-1(*)
GR-300EX-1
GR-700EXL-1 GR-550EX-1
01
02
*03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10 - -
11 - -
12 - - -
13
*15
*18
24
25
27
30
31
32
33
34
35
38
48 - -
49 - -
20 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
01 1.Gears in The main speed is 1.Failure in main speed sensor on the MDT action:
transmission 1km/h (0.62mi/h) or transmission output shaft
Downshift
are not shifted less and the sub-speed
2.Broken or short-circuited wires becomes
with the is 4km/h (2.5mi/h) or
between the main speed sensor, unavailable.
gearshift lever more.
lower unit connector (terminals (7)
in “D”.
Failure is not and (8) of CN4), rotary joint or
Main speed
2.Speedometer detected in the upper unit input connector (terminal
sensor :
does not work. following conditions: (4) of CN 7) Installed on the
(remains to transmission
Gearshift is in N or R. 3.Failure in vehicle speed detection
indicate a low output side
circuit in the upper unit
value) For 1.5 seconds after
(Failure in the changing the gearshift 4.Failure in vehicle speed Sub-speed
main speed from N to D input/output circuit in the lower unit sensor :
sensor) Installed on the
Emergency 5.Failure in 12V power supply transmission
transmission input is (voltage at terminal (9) of CN4) in input side
ON. the lower unit
The main speed
Repair or replace the faulty part
becomes higher/lower
referring to the crane electrical circuit
than the last time by
diagram.
4km/h (2.5mi/h) or
more. Replace the upper or lower unit CPU
board.
Error 03 occurs.
02 Unavailable to The main speed is 1.Failure in sub-speed sensor on the MDT action:
downshift 4km/h (2.5mi/h) or transmission input shaft or on the
Downshift
(Failure in the more and the torque converter output shaft
becomes
sub-speed sub-speed is 1km/h
2.Broken or short-circuited wires unavailable.
sensor) (0.62mi/h) or less.
between the sub-speed sensor and
Failure is not the lower unit input connector
Main speed
detected in the (terminals (1) and (2) of CN4) sensor :
following conditions: Installed on the
3.Failure in vehicle speed detection
Gearshift is in N and circuit in the lower unit transmission
the main speed is less output side
than 35km/h Sub-speed
(21.7mi/h). sensor :
Gearshift is in R. diagram. Installed on the
transmission
Emergency Repair the lower unit CPU board. input side
transmission input is
ON.
The main speed
4km/h (2.5mi/h) or
more.
Error 03 occurs.
21 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
* Failure in main While the gearshift is in 1.Failure in main speed sensor on the MDT action:
03 speed sensor N and the emergency transmission output shaft
The gearshift
(When gearshift transmission input is
2.Broken or short-circuited wires input and the
is in N) OFF, the main speed
between the main speed sensor, transmission
lower unit connector (terminals (7) output are set
and (8) of CN4), rotary joint or to N.
14km/h (8.7mi/h) or
upper unit input connector (terminal
more.
(4) of CN 7)
Main speed
3.Failure in vehicle speed detection sensor :
circuit in the upper unit Installed on the
transmission
4.Failure in vehicle speed output side
input/output circuit in the lower unit
5.Failure in 12V power supply
(voltage at terminal (9) of CN4) in
the lower unit

diagram.
Replace the upper or lower unit CPU
board.
04 Failure in The rate of outrigger 1.Failure in potentiometer of outrigger MDT action:

outrigger FL data length input data to the extension length detector
Only the error
power supply voltage
2.Broken or short-circuited wires code is
(5V) is 5% or less or
between the outrigger extension displayed.
95% or more, and this
length detector and lower unit
state continues for 600
ms. 3.Failure in the A/D conversion circuit
for the outrigger extension length
Failure is not
detection in the lower unit
detected for 2 seconds
after the system is
reset, or when the PTO
switch is turned off.
diagram.
Replace the potentiometer of
outrigger extension length detector.
Repair the lower unit CPU board.
05 Failure in Ditto Ditto Ditto

outrigger FR data

outrigger RL data

outrigger RR data
22 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
08 Abnormal The rate of torque 1.Failure in torque converter pressure MDT action:
torque converter converter pressure sensor
Only the error
pressure input data to the power
2.Broken or short-circuited wires code is
supply voltage (5V) is
between the torque converter displayed.
5% or less or 95% or
pressure sensor and lower unit
more, and this state
input connector (terminal (31) of
continues for 600 ms.
CN6)
Failure is not
3.Failure in the A/D conversion circuit
in the lower unit
after the system is
reset.
diagram.
Replace the torque converter
pressure sensor.
Repair the lower unit CPU board.
09 Abnormal air The rate of air pressure 1.Failure in air pressure sensor MDT action:
pressure sensor input data to the power
2.Broken or short-circuited wires Only the error
between the air pressure sensor code is
and the upper unit input connector displayed.
(terminal (9) of CN8)
3. Failure in the A/D conversion
Failure is not
after the system is
reset.
diagram.
Replace the air pressure sensor.
Replace the upper unit CPU board.
10 Failure in The rate of accelerator 1.Failure in accelerator sensor 1 MDT action:

accelerator sensor 1 input data to
2.Broken or short-circuited wires 1. TR-150XL-4
sensor 1 data the power supply
between the accelerator sensor 1 TR-300XL-4
voltage (5V) is 5% or
and the upper unit input connector GR-300EX-1
less or 95% or more,
and this state Only the error
continues for 600 ms. 3. Failure in the A/D conversion code is
circuit in the upper unit displayed.
Failure is not
detected for 2 seconds 2. [The others]
after the system is
referring to the crane electrical circuit The input value
reset.
diagram. for accelerator
Failure is not sensor 1 is set
Replace the accelerator sensor 1.
detected while error 13 to 0.
occurs. Replace the upper unit CPU board.
23 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
11 Failure in The rate of accelerator 1.Failure in accelerator sensor 2 MDT action:

accelerator sensor 2 input data to
2.Broken or short-circuited wires 1. TR-150XL-4
sensor 2 data the power supply
between the accelerator sensor 2 TR-300XL-4
voltage (5V) is 5% or
and the upper unit input connector GR-300EX-1
less or 95% or more,
and this state Only the error
continues for 600 ms. 3. Failure in the A/D conversion code is
circuit in the upper unit displayed.
Failure is not
detected for 2 seconds 2. [The others]
after the system is
referring to the crane electrical circuit The input value
reset.
diagram. for accelerator
Failure is not sensor 2 is set
detected while error 13 to 0.
occurs. Replace the upper unit CPU board.
12 Failure in idle The rate of idle volume 1.Failure in idle volume MDT action:
volume data input data to the power
2.Broken or short-circuited wires The input value
between the idle volume and the for idle volume
upper unit input connector (terminal is set to 0.
(12) of CN8)
3. Failure in the A/D conversion
Failure is not
after the system is
reset.
Failure is not diagram.
detected while error 13
occurs.
13 Failure in the Upper unit A/D Failure in the upper A/D converter MDT action:
upper A/D conversion is not
The A/D
conversion completed within the
Replace the upper unit CPU board. conversion
set time.
data for the
accelerator
sensor 1, 2
and idle
volume are set
to 0, and the
other A/D
conversion
data would not
replace the
former ones.
24 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
* Upper unit RAM Failure in the upper unit RAM MDT action:
15 check error Upper unit output
stops. [Sets the
all OE (output
enable signal) to
ON.]
Upper unit
system
operation stops.
* Upper unit ROM Failure in the upper unit ROM MDT action:
18 check error Upper unit
Replace the upper unit CPU board. output stops.
[Sets the all OE
(output enable
signal) to ON.]
Upper unit
system
operation stops.
24 Actual 1. TR-450XL-4, Failure in the transmission input MDT action:

transmission TR-500XL-4, signals from the gearshift lever
Gearshift stays
and gearshift TR-500XL-4(*), (terminals (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8)
in the same
lever position TR-300XL-4, of CN4)
position.
are not GR-300EX-1
matched. Repair or replace the faulty part
Two or more
(Failure in the referring to the crane electrical circuit
transmission input
transmission diagram.
signals (N, 1st, 2nd,
input signal
3rd, D and R) remains Replace the upper unit CPU board.
combination)
on for 1 second or
longer.
2. [The others]
Two or more
transmission input
signals (N, 1st, 2nd ,
D and R)
25 Actual 1. TR-450XL-4, Failure in the transmission input MDT action:

transmission TR-500XL-4, signals from the gearshift lever
Gearshift stays
and gearshift TR-500XL-4(*), (terminals (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8)
in the same
lever position TR-300XL-4, of CN4)
position.
are not GR-300EX-1
matched. Repair or replace the faulty part
All transmission input
(Failure in the referring to the crane electrical circuit
signals (N, 1st, 2nd,
transmission diagram.
3rd, D and R) remains
input signal)
off for 2 seconds or Replace the upper unit CPU board.
longer.
2. [The others]
All transmission input
signals (N, 1st, 2nd ,
D and R)
25 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
27 Failure in 1. TR-450XL-4, Failure in the steering input signals MDT action:

steering mode TR-500XL-4, (terminals (1), (2) and (3) of CN5) Follows the
input signal TR-500XL-4(*), treatment by the
combination TR-300XL-4, Repair or replace the faulty part steering system.
GR-300EX-1 referring to the crane electrical circuit (Refer to the
diagram. steering
Two or more steering function in the
mode input signals (of Replace the upper unit CPU board. “Data table”.)
2-wheel steering,
4-wheel steering and
crab steering) remains
on for 1 second or
longer.
2. [The others]
Two or more steering
mode input signals (of
2-wheel steering,
4-wheel steering, crab
steering and rear
steering)
30 1.Speedometer Vehicle speed of the 1.Failure in main speed sensor on the MDT action:
indicates main speed sensor is transmission output shaft
Only the error
abnormally 70km/h (43.5mi/h) or 2.Broken or short-circuited wires code is
high speed. more. between the main speed sensor, displayed.
2.Over speed lower unit connector (terminals (7)
and (8) of CN4), rotary joint or
warning Main speed
upper unit input connector (terminal
buzzer sensor :
(4) of CN 7)
sounds Installed on the
continuously. 3.Failure in vehicle speed detection transmission
(Input value circuit in the upper unit output side
from the main
speed sensor Repair or replace the faulty part
is unusually
diagram.
high.)
31 Interrupted Lower unit 1.Broken communication cable MDT action:

communication communication data (cables between terminals (1) and
(2) of the upper unit CN2 and Upper unit
from lower to does not flow into the
terminals (1) and (2) of the lower output stops.
upper unit upper unit for 600 ms.
unit CN3)
Failure is not
detected for 3.2 2.Failure in lower unit system
seconds after the (system operation stops)
system is reset. 3.Failure in upper or lower unit
communication circuit

diagram.
board.
26 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
32 Faulty Reception error of 1.Unconductive or short-circuited MDT action:

communication lower unit data to the communication cable
Data from the
from lower to upper unit for three 2.Failure in communication circuit on lower unit do
upper unit consecutive times the upper or lower unit CPU board. not replace the
former ones.
diagram
board.
33 Interrupted AML data does not flow 1.Broken cable between AML and MDT action:
communication into the upper unit for 4 upper unit input connector
(terminals (5) and (6) of CN2) Data from AML
from AML to seconds.
do not replace
upper unit 2.Failure in upper unit receiving
Failure is not the former
detected when the PTO circuit ones.
switch is turned off. 3.Failure in AML

diagram.
Replace the upper unit CPU board or
AML boar
34 Failure in RAM Main speed data stored Failure in RAM for main speed data MDT action:
for main speed in another memory Transmission
data does not match to that Replace the upper unit CPU board. output state is
in RAM. maintained.
35 Faulty Reception error of AML 1.Unconductive or short-circuited MDT action:

communication data to the upper unit communication cable
for three consecutive Data from AML
from AML to 2.Failure in communication circuit on
times do not replace
upper unit upper unit CPU board or AML the former
Failure is not board ones.
detected when the
PTO switch is turned Repair or replace the faulty part
off, or for 4 seconds referring to the crane electrical circuit
after the switch is diagram.
changed from OFF to
ON. Replace the upper unit CPU board or
AML board.

communication upper unit data to the communication cable.
2.Failure in communication circuit on Only the error
between upper combination meter for
upper unit CPU board or code is
unit and three consecutive
combination meter board displayed.
combination times
meter
diagram.
Replace the upper unit CPU board or
combination meter board.
27 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
48 Engine ECU 1. TR-300XL-4, Malfunction of engine system MDT action:

failure TR-150XL-4,
Only the error
malfunction (It is GR-300EX-1 When other error codes are code is
not possible to displayed, it repairs based on the
When the state that displayed.
run) DIAG error code.
lower unit Di13 is ON
lamp1(red) in
continues for two Diagnose the failure by the error code
lower unit relay
seconds or more. displayed on the engine ECU.
box : Lighting.
After Power is ON,
The repair is requested to Cummins
the error detection is according to the content of the failure.
not done for three
seconds.
2. TR-500XL-4(*),
TR-600XXL-4(*),
TR-800XXL-4(*),
TR-700EXL-1(*),
GR-550EX-1
When the state that
and unit Di14 is OFF
continues for two
seconds or more.
49 Engine ECU 1. TR-300XL-4, Malfunction of engine system MDT action:

warning TR-150XL-4,
Only the error
malfunction (It is GR-300EX-1 When other error codes are code is
possible to run: displayed, it repairs based on the
When the state that displayed.
feeling error code.
deterioration
continues for two Diagnose the failure by the error code
extent) DIAG
seconds or more. displayed on the engine ECU.
lamp2(umber) in
After Power is ON,
lower unit relay The repair is requested to Cummins
the error detection is according to the content of the failure.
box : Lighting.
not done for three
seconds.
2. TR-500XL-4(*),
TR-600XXL-4(*),
TR-800XXL-4(*),
TR-700EXL-1(*),
GR-550EX-1
When the state that
and unit Di13 is OFF
continues for two
seconds or more.
28 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
2.2 Error code detected in lower MDT
Error codes vary depending on the machine models. Check the error code to be detected with the table below.
: Error code to be detected

- : Error code not to be detected
TR-600XL-4 TR-600XXL-4(*)
Error TR-450XL-4 TR-600XXL-4 TR-800XXL-4(*) TR-300XL-4 Reference
TR-500XL-4(*) TR-150XL-4
code TR-500XL-4 TR-800XXL-4 TR-700EXL-1(*) GR-300EX-1 NOTICE
*16
17
*19 -
36
37
61
62
63
64 - - - -
65 - - - -
66
67
68 - - - - - - NOTICE
69 - - - - 2, 4
70 - - - -
71 - - - -
72 - - - -
73
74
75
76
*80 -
*90
*91
*92
*93 NOTICE
*94 3, 4
*95
*96
*97 - - -
98
99 NOTICE
9A 1, 2, 3, 4
9b
29 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
TR-600XL-4 TR-600XXL-4(*)
TR-500XL-4(*) TR-150XL-4
9C
9d NOTICE
9E 1, 2, 3, 4
9F - - -
*A0 - - - -
*A1 - - - - - (From 560723)
-
*A2 - - - - - -
*A3 - - - - - - NOTICE
3, 4
*A4 - - - - - -
*A5 - - - - - -
*A6 - - - - - -
*A7 - - - - - -
A8 - - - -
- -
A9 - - - -
(From 560723)
AA - - - - - -
NOTICE
Ab - - - - - -
1, 2, 3, 4
AC - - - - - -
Ad - - - - - -
AE - - - - - -
AF - - - - - -
*b0
*b1 - - - -
*b2 - - - - - -
*b3 NOTICE
*b4 - - 3, 4
*b5
*b6 - - - -
*b7 - - - - -
b8
b9 - - - -
bA - - - - - -
bb - - NOTICE
bC - - 1, 2, 3, 4
bd
bE - - - -
bF - - - - -
*C0 - - - - - -
*C1 - - - - - -
NOTICE
*C2 - - - - - -
3, 4
*C3 - - - - - -
*C4 - - - - - -
30 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
TR-600XL-4 TR-600XXL-4(*)
TR-500XL-4(*) TR-150XL-4
*C5 - - - - - -
NOTICE
*C6 - - - - - -
3, 4
C7 - - - - - -
C8 - - - - - -
C9 - - - - - -
CA - - - - - -
Cb - - - - - - NOTICE
CC - - - - - - 1, 2, 3, 4
Cd - - - - - -
CE - - - - - -
CF - - - - - -
*d0 - - - - - -
*d1 - - - - - -
*d2 - - - - - -
*d3 - - - - - - NOTICE
*d4 - - - - - - 3, 4
*d5 - - - - - -
*d6 - - - - - -
*d7 - - - - - -
d8 - - - - - -
d9 - - - - - -
dA - - - - - -
db - - - - - - NOTICE
dC - - - - - - 1, 2, 3, 4
dd - - - - - -
dE - - - - - -
dF - - - - - -
*E0 - - - -
*E1
*E2
*E3 NOTICE
*E4 3, 4
*E5 - -
*E6 - - -
*E7 -
E8 - - - -
E9
EA
NOTICE
Eb
1, 2, 3, 4
EC
Ed - -
EE - - -
31 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
TR-600XL-4 TR-600XXL-4(*)
TR-500XL-4(*) TR-150XL-4
NOTICE
EF -
1, 2, 3, 4
*F0
*F1
*F2 - - - -
*F3 - - NOTICE
*F4 3, 4
*F5
*F6 - - -
*F7 - - -
F8
F9
FA - - - -
Fb - - NOTICE
*FC 1, 2, 3, 4
*Fd
*FE - - -
*FF - - -
NOTICE 1.
Errors 98-9F, A8-AF, b8-bF, C8-CF, d8-dF, E8-EF and F8-FF are not detected for 100 ms after the interrupted
communication from the upper unit recovers, and are not detected for 3 seconds after the power supply is
turned on.
NOTICE 2.
Errors 61-76, 98-9F, A8-AF, b8-bF, C8-CF, d8-dF, E8-EF and F8-FF are not detected for 3 seconds after the
lower unit Di25 (engine start) is shifted from “0(0V)” to “1(24V)”.
NOTICE 3.
Errors 90-FF are not detected when the error 80 is detected through the monitored data of the corresponding
byte, or when the corresponding OE (output enable signal) is ON .
(The byte and OE correspond to RY1-8, RY9-16, RY17-24, RY25-32, RY33-40, RY41-48 and RY49-56.)
NOTICE 4.
Errors 61-76 and 90-FF are not detected for 100 ms after any changes of OE (output enable signal)1-7, and
are not detected for 100 ms after any changes of RY1-56 and Tr1-4.
32 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
* Lower unit RAM Failure in the lower unit RAM MDT action:
16 check error
Lower unit
output stops.
[Sets the all OE
Replace the lower unit CPU board. (output enable
signal) to ON.]
The lower unit
outputs Ao1 to
Ao3 are set to
0.
Lower unit
system
operation stops.
17 Failure in the Lower unit A/D Failure in the lower A/D converter MDT action:
lower A/D conversion is not
A/D conversion
conversion completed within the
data do not
set time.
Replace the lower unit CPU board. replace the
former ones.
* Lower unit ROM Failure in the lower unit ROM MDT action:
19 check error
Lower unit
output stops.
[Sets the all OE
Replace the lower unit CPU board. to ON.]
The lower unit
outputs Ao1 to
Ao3 are set to
0.
Lower unit
system
operation stops.
36 Interrupted Upper unit 1.Broken communication cable MDT action:

communication communication data (Cable between terminal (1) of the
Lower unit
from upper to does not flow into the upper unit CN2 and terminal (2) of
output stops.
lower unit lower unit, or reception the lower unit CN3)
[Sets the all OE
error continues for
2.Failure in upper unit communication (output enable
600ms.
circuit signal) to ON.]
The lower unit
outputs Ao1 to
Ao3 are set to
diagram.
0.
board.
33 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure

communication upper unit data to the communication cable
Data from
from upper to lower unit for three
2.Failure in communication circuit on upper do not
lower unit consecutive times
upper or lower unit CPU board replace the
former ones.
diagram.
board.
61 Failure in lower Monitored data on the 1.Blowout of the corresponding fuse MDT action:
unit output lower unit output power
2.Broken wire or failure in circuit Only the error
power supply 1 supply 1 stays off for
connecting to terminal (3) of the code is
100ms.
lower unit CN11 displayed.

diagram.
100ms.

diagram.
100ms.

diagram.
100ms.

diagram.
34 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
100ms.

diagram.
100ms.

diagram.
100ms.

diagram.
power supply 8 supply 8 stays off
for100ms.

diagram.
35 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
69 Failure in lower 1.In case of type (0, 0,1), 1.Blowout of the corresponding fuse MDT action:
unit output (0, 0, 0) and (1, 0,0)
The monitored data 2.Broken wire or failure in circuit Only the error
power supply 9 of the lower unit connecting to terminal (2) of the code is
output power supply lower unit CN9 displayed.
9 remains OFF for
100ms while it should The type
ON (the lower unit Repair or replace the faulty part mentioned here
Tr4 output is ON) or referring to the crane electrical circuit represents the
vise versa. diagram. type fo the lower
2.In case of types other unit software and
than (0, 0, 1), (0, 0, varies depending
0) and (1, 0, 0) on the machine
model.
[TR-450XL-4]
[Type]
[TR-500XL-4], [(*)]
(0, 1, 0)
[TR-600XL-4] [TR-450XL-4]
[TR-600XXL-4], [(*)] [TR-500XL-4], [(*)]
[TR-800XXL-4], [(*)] [TR-600XL-4]
[GR-700EXL-1], [(*)] [TR-600XXL-4], [(*)]
[GR-550EX-1] [TR-800XXL-4], [(*)]
[TR-300XL-4] [GR-700EXL-1], [(*)]
[GR-300EX-1] [GR-550EX-1]
[TR-150XL-4] (0, 1, 1)
The monitored data [TR-300XL-4]
of the lower unit [GR-300EX-1]
output power supply [TR-150XL-4]
9 remains OFF for
100ms.
unit output lower unit output power 2.Broken wire or failure in circuit Only the error
power supply 10 supply 10 stays off for connecting to terminal (1) of the
code is
100 ms. lower unit CN8
displayed.

diagram.
code is
displayed.
diagram.
code is
displayed.
diagram.
36 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
100 ms.

diagram.
74 Failure in lower ON or OFF state of the 1.Blowout of the corresponding fuse MDT action:
unit output monitored data of the
power supply 14 lower unit output power
supply 14 is contrary to
the normal state, and
this state continues for
100ms.
(In the normal state,
diagram.
when the emergency
transmission state is 0
[1], the monitored data
is ON [OFF].)
100 ms.

diagram.
76 Failure in lower ON or OFF state of the 1.Blowout of the corresponding fuse MDT action:
unit output monitored data of the
power supply 16 lower unit output power
supply 16 is contrary to
the normal state, and
this state continues for
100ms.
(In the normal state,
diagram.
when the lower unit
output Tr3 state is ON
[OFF], the monitored
data is ON [OFF].)
* Monitored lower The sample monitored Failure in the relay output monitor MDT action:
80 unit output data data of the lower unit circuit in the lower unit
Sets the
is unstable. output (RY1-RY56) at
corresponding
every 10ms do not Replace the lower unit relay board.
OE (output
match the latest data (Replace the CPU board, if the failure
enable signal)
50 consecutive times. is not recovered even after the relay
to ON.
board is replaced.)
37 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
* Faulty RY1 The monitored data 1.Circuit connected with terminal (5) MDT action:
90 output continue ON for 100ms of lower unit CN11 is short-circuited
RY1-RY8 are
while RY1 output data with the 24-V circuit.
set to OFF.
is OFF.
2.Failure in relay output circuit in the
While the lower unit lower unit
Di26 (outrigger switch
neutral) is "1" or for Repair or replace the faulty part
100ms after it has referring to the crane electrical circuit
become from "1" to "0", diagram.
this error is not
detected. Replace the lower unit relay board.
(Replace the CPU board, if the failure
is not recovered even after the relay
board is replaced.)
RY1-RY8 are
set to OFF.
is OFF.
this error is not
Replace the lower unit relay board.
detected.
board is replaced.)
RY1-RY8 are
set to OFF.
is OFF.
this error is not
detected.
board is replaced.)
38 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY1-RY8 are
while RY4 output data with the 24-V circuit
set to OFF.
is OFF.
While the lower unit lower unit.
this error is not
detected.
board is replaced.)
RY1-RY8 are
set to OFF.
is OFF.
this error is not
detected.
board is replaced.)
RY1-RY8 are
set to OFF.
is OFF.
this error is not
detected. Replace the lower unit relay board.
board is replaced.)
39 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY1-RY8 are
set to OFF.
is OFF.
this error is not
detected.
board is replaced.)
RY1-RY8 are
while RY8 output data with the 24-V circuit
set to OFF.
is OFF.
While the lower unit lower unit.
this error is not
detected.
board is replaced.)
98 Faulty RY1 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
output continue OFF while lower unit
Only the error
RY1 output data is ON.
code is
Failure is not Replace the lower unit relay board. displayed.
detected when the (Replace the CPU board, if the failure
output power supply 1 is not recovered even after the relay
is OFF. board is replaced.)
99 Faulty RY2 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
code is
Failure is not displayed.
detected when the
output power supply 1
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
40 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
9A Faulty RY3 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
code is
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
9b Faulty RY4 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
code is
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
9C Faulty RY5 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
code is
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
9d Faulty RY6 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
code is
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
9E Faulty RY7 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
code is
detected when the
is OFF.
board is replaced.)
41 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
9F Faulty RY8 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
code is
detected when the
is OFF.
board is replaced.)
A0 output continue ON while RY9 of lower unit CN11 is short-circuited
RY9-RY16 are
output data is OFF. with the 24-V circuit.
set to OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
A1 output continue ON while of lower unit CN11 is short-circuited
RY9-RY16 are
RY10 output data is with the 24-V circuit.
set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY9-RY16 are
set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
42 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY9-RY16 are
set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY9-RY16 are
set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
A5 output continue ON while of lower unit CN10 is
RY9-RY16 are
RY14 output data is short-circuited with the 24-V circuit.
set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
43 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
Faulty RY15 The monitored data 1.Circuit connected with terminal (5) MDT action:
* output continue ON while of lower unit CN10 is
RY9-RY16 are
A6 RY15 output data is short-circuited with the 24-V circuit.
set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
A7 output continue ON while of lower unit CN10 is
RY9-RY16 are
set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
A8 Faulty RY9 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
output continue OFF while lower unit.
Only the error
code is
detected when the
is OFF.
board is replaced.)
A9 Faulty RY10 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY10 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
44 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
AA Faulty RY11 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY11 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
Ab Faulty RY12 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY12 output data is
code is
ON.
Replace the lower unit relay board. displayed.
Failure is not (Replace the CPU board, if the failure
detected when the is not recovered even after the relay
output power supply 4 board is replaced.)
is OFF.
AC Faulty RY13 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY13 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
Ad Faulty RY14 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY14 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
AE Faulty RY15 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY15 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
45 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
AF Faulty RY16 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY16 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
b0 output continue ON while of lower unit CN10 is
RY17 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY18 is set to
OFF.
OFF. 2.Failure in relay output circuit in the
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY19 is set to
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
46 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY20 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY21 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY22 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
47 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY23 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
b7 output continue ON while of lower unit CN9 is short-circuited
RY24 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
b8 Faulty RY17 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY17 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
b9 Faulty RY18 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY18 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
48 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
bA Faulty RY19 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY19 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
bb Faulty RY20 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY20 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
bC Faulty RY21 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY21 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
bd Faulty RY22 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY22 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
bE Faulty RY23 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY23 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
49 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
bF Faulty RY24 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY24 output data is
code is
ON. Replace the lower unit relay board.
displayed.
is OFF.
C0 output continue ON while of lower unit CN9 is short-circuited
RY25-RY27
are set to OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY25-RY27
are set to OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY25-RY27
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
50 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY28-RY32
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY28-RY32
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY28-RY32
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
51 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY28-RY32
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY28-RY32
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
C8 Faulty RY25 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY25 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
C9 Faulty RY26 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY26 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
52 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
CA Faulty RY27 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY27 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
Cb Faulty RY28 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY28 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
CC Faulty RY29 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY29 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
Cd Faulty RY30 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY30 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
CE Faulty RY31 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY31 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
53 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
CF Faulty RY32 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY32 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not Replace the lower unit relay board.
detected when the (Replace the CPU board, if the failure
output power supply 9 is not recovered even after the relay
is OFF. board is replaced.)
d0 output continue ON while of lower unit CN9 is short-circuited
RY33-RY36
are set to OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY33-RY36
are set to OFF.
OFF.
2.Failure in relay output circuit inc the
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY33-RY36
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
54 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY33-RY36
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY37 and RY38
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY37 and RY38
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
55 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY39 and RY40
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY39 and RY40
are set to OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
d8 Faulty RY33 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY33 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
d9 Faulty RY34 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY34 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
56 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
dA Faulty RY35 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY35 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
db Faulty RY36 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY36 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
dC Faulty RY37 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY37 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
dd Faulty RY38 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY38 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
dE Faulty RY39 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY39 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
57 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
dF Faulty RY40 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY40 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
E0 output continue ON for 100ms of lower unit CN8 is short-circuited
RY41-RY48 and
MSOL1-MSOL2
is OFF.
2.Failure in relay output circuit in the are set to OFF.
Failure is not lower unit
detected when the
emergency Repair or replace the faulty part
transmission state is referring to the crane electrical circuit
“1”, or for 100 ms after diagram.
it is shifted from “1” to
“0”.
board is replaced.)
RY41-RY48 and
MSOL1-MSOL2
is OFF.
detected when the
“0”.
board is replaced.)
58 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY41-RY48 and
MSOL1-MSOL2
is OFF.
detected when the
“0”.
board is replaced.)
RY41-RY48 and
MSOL1-MSOL2
is OFF.
detected when the
“0”.
board is replaced.)
RY41-RY48 and
MSOL1-MSOL2
is OFF.
detected when the
“0”.
board is replaced.)
59 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY41-RY48 and
MSOL1-MSOL2
is OFF. 2.Failure in relay output circuit in the are set to OFF.
detected when the
it is shifted from “1” to Replace the lower unit relay board.
“0”. (Replace the CPU board, if the failure
board is replaced.)
RY41-RY48 and
MSOL1-MSOL2
is OFF. 2.Failure in relay output circuit in the are set to OFF.
detected when the
it is shifted from “1” to Replace the lower unit relay board.
“0”. (Replace the CPU board, if the failure
board is replaced.)
RY41-RY48 and
MSOL1-MSOL2
is OFF.
detected when the
“0”.
board is replaced.)
E8 Faulty RY41 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY41 output data is
code is
ON.
Replace the lower unit relay board. displayed.
is OFF.
60 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
E9 Faulty RY42 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY42 output data is
code is
ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
EA Faulty RY43 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
output continue OFF for lower unit
Only the error
100ms while RY43
code is
output data is ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
Eb Faulty RY44 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
100ms while RY44
code is
output data is ON. Replace the lower unit relay board. displayed.
is OFF.
EC Faulty RY45 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
100ms while RY45
code is
output data is ON. Replace the lower unit relay board.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
Ed Faulty RY46 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
100ms while RY46
code is
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
61 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
EE Faulty RY47 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
100ms while RY47
code is
output data is ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
EF Faulty RY48 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
100ms while RY48
code is
output data is ON.
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
F0 output continue ON while of lower unit CN7 is short-circuited
RY49 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY50 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
62 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY51 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY52 is set to
OFF.
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY53-RY56
and Tr3 are set
OFF.
2.Failure in relay output circuit in the to OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
63 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
RY53-RY56
and Tr3 are set
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY53-RY56
and Tr3 are set
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
RY53-RY56
and Tr3 are set
OFF.
lower unit

diagram.
board is replaced.)
64 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
F8 Faulty RY49 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY49 output data is
code is
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
F9 Faulty RY50 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY50 output data is
code is
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
FA Faulty RY51 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY51 output data is
code is
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
Fb Faulty RY52 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
Only the error
RY52 output data is
code is
displayed.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
* Faulty RY53 The monitored data Failure in relay output circuit in the MDT action:
FC output continue OFF for lower unit
RY53-RY56
100ms while RY53
and Tr3 are set
to OFF.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
65 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
Error Error Cause

Condition Remarks
code (Details)
Countermeasure
Fd output continue OFF for lower unit
RY53-RY56
100ms while RY54
and Tr3 are set
to OFF.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
FE output continue OFF for lower unit
RY53-RY56
100ms while RY55
and Tr3 are set
to OFF.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
FF output continue OFF for lower unit
RY53-RY56
100ms while RY56
and Tr3 are set
to OFF.
Failure is not
detected when the
board is replaced.)
is OFF.
66 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
3. Check chart
Initial conditions before checking

1. Stop the engine.
2. Set the starter switch to ON.
3. Make sure that the emergency transmission switch is OFF.
4. Check that the upper and lower MDTs are energized.
4.1 Upper MDT

Each voltage between power supply terminals (1), (2), (3) and ground terminals (4), (5), (6)
respectively of CN1 is approx. 24V.
Voltage between power supply terminal (1) and ground terminals (9), (10) of CN7 is approx. 12V.
4.2 Lower MDT
Each voltage between power supply terminal (1), (2), (3) and ground terminals (4), (5), (6)
respectively of CN2 is approx. 24V.
Voltage between power supply terminal (9) and ground terminals (16) of CN4 is approx. 12V.
Go to the applicable check

procedures according to failure state.
Signals from upper structure to Signals from lower structure to Signals in both directions are
lower structure of crane are upper structure of crane are all faulty.
faulty. faulty.
All signals are faulty. All signals are faulty.
Some of the signals are faulty. Some of the signals are faulty.
Go to check chart 1. Go to check chart 2. Go to check chart 3.
67 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
3.1 Check chart 1 [Some of the signals from the crane upper structure to the lower structure are
faulty.]
NOTICE
Measure voltage between the terminal in the connector on the upper electric circuit side and the chassis.
Do not disconnect irrelevant connectors.
Operate the switches, levers, etc. according to the failure conditions, referring to the “Data table” at the
end of this manual. Note that in the “Data table”, check circuits are denoted by signal names. Find the
terminal Nos. by referring to the “Connection diagram for connectors”.
1. With the MDT check mode display function or the AML’s “MDT monitor” display function, check the
condition of the input and output signals to find the faulty signals, and measure the followings:
1.1 When the faulty signal circuit is Di1-Di48:
After disconnecting only connector containing the circuit for faulty signal among the upper MDT
connectors (CN4,CN5 or CN10), try to operate the control, and measure the voltage between the
terminal in faulty signal circuit and the chassis.
After disconnecting only the connector CN10 on the upper MDT side, try to operate the control, and
measure the conductivity between the terminal in faulty signal circuit and the chassis.
2. Compare the results from the above measurements with the correct input state in the “Data table” at the
end of this manual.
OK Faulty
Fault in upper electric circuit

Check related switches and wiring (connectors and wires).
NOTICE
Measure voltage between the connector terminal on the lower MDT side and the chassis.
Measure voltage with the connector connected.
Operate the switches, levers, etc. according to the failure conditions, referring to the “Data table” at the end
of this manual. Note that in the “Data table”, check circuits are denoted by signal names. Find the terminal
Nos. by referring to the “Connection diagram for connectors”.
Reconnect the disconnected connector to the upper MDT, and measure the voltage between the terminal in
faulty signal circuit in the connector on the lower MDT and the chassis in the same way as above operation
and compare the result with the correct state given in the “Data table”.
OK Faulty
Faults in the lower electric circuit. NOTICE

Check related components, Replacement order of the board depends on the
connectors and wiring. faulty condition.
Failure in the MDT
Check operation after replacing the CPU board in the
upper MDT. If operation is still faulty, replace the CPU
board in the lower MDT. If still faulty, replace the relay
board in the lower MDT.
68 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
3.2 Check chart 2 [Some of the signals from the crane lower structure to the upper structure are
faulty.]
NOTICE
The check circuits are denoted by the signal names in the “Data table”. Find the terminal Nos. by referring
to the “connection diagram for connectors”.
1. With the MDT check mode display function or the AML’s “MDT monitor” display function, check the
condition of the input and output signals to find the faulty signals, and perform the followings:
Disconnect the connector CN1 on the lower MDT side, and short the terminal in the corresponding
faulty signal circuit (lower MDT side) to the chassis.
Disconnect the connector CN1 on the lower MDT side, and connect the terminal corresponding to
the faulty signal circuit (lower MDT side) to the 24-V power supply.
2. Compare the condition of the indicator lamp and buzzer on the crane upper structure with the correct
state in the data table at the end of this manual.
OK Faulty
Faults in lower electric circuit

Check the related components,
connectors and wires.
NOTICE
The check circuits are denoted by the signal names in the “Data table”. Find the terminal Nos. by referring
to the “Connection diagram for connectors”.
With connector CN3 or CN9 on the upper MDT disconnected, short the terminal for the faulty signal circuit
(upper electric circuit side) to the chassis, and check that the indicator lamp, buzzer, etc. on the crane upper
structure operate normally.
OK Faulty
Faults in the upper electric circuit

NOTICE
Replacement order of the board depends on the Check related indicator lamp,
faulty condition. buzzer, connectors and wiring.
Failure in the MDT

Check the operation after replacing the CPU board in
the lower MDT. If the failure is still detected, replace
the CPU board in the upper MDT.
69 W303-0257E
Troubleshooting
3.3 Check chart 3 All signals from the lower to the upper or all signals from the upper to the lower
structure are faulty, or all signals in both directions are faulty.
With all the connectors on the upper and the lower MDT connected, disconnect the connectors
from the upper and the lower MDT to the rotary joint, and connect the upper and the lower
MDT with the special checking harness shown below. Check operation again.
OK Faulty
Rotary joint is faulty.

Check the electric part of the rotary joint in section
B shown below and the connectors and the wires.
Check the conductivity between the connectors and wires in sections A and B shown below.
All circuit are OK. Some circuits have no conductivity.
NOTICE Wiring (connector or wire) is faulty.

Replacement order of the board depends on the
faulty condition.
Failure in the MDT
Check operation after replacing the CPU board in the
upper MDT. If operation is still faulty, replace the CPU
board in the lower MDT. If still faulty, replace the relay
board in the lower MDT.
TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4, TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, GR-550EX-1 and TR-150XL-4

A B C
Connector Connector
Rotary joint
7
Upper Lower
11
MDT [ 5 ] LY [ 5 ] LY MDT
25
[ 3 ] WR [ 3 ] WR
23
26
Harness for checking
Connector Transfer line Connector
IW303-0251E51
TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1
A B C
Connector Connector
Rotary joint
Upper [ 3 ] WR [ 3 ] WR Lower
1
MDT [ 5 ] LY [ 5 ] LY MDT
2
3
4
Harness for checking
Connector Transfer line Connector
IW303-0254E01
70 W303-0257E
Disassembly and reassembly
Disassembly and reassembly 2. Connector
2.1 Removing and attaching

1. MDT main unit the connector contact
If you find the MDT main unit faulty after checking it [NOTICE]
according to the "Troubleshooting", replace the faulty The connector contacts are fixed to the connectors
by double-locking mechanism.
board.
[NOTICE] Follow the procedure below when removing and

Remove or install the MDT after turning the starter attaching the connector contacts.
switch of the crane to OFF. The following description is based on the
Do not touch the two surfaces of the boards with manufacturer AMP's instruction sheet.
uncovered hands when dismounting and
remounting them.
Documentation
Insert the connectors securely taking care not to Part No. of
No. of AMP
contaminate them with water, dust, etc. AMP connector type contact
instruction
extraction tool
sheet
1.1 Disassembly and reassembly
.070 Multi-lock
411-5287 755430-2
When disassembling and reassembling, refer to connector (Mark )
“Structure of MDT”. .040 Multi-lock
411-5288 755430-1
connector (Mark )
.040 Multi-lock
- -
connector (Mark )
.040Ⅱ Multi-lock
- 715131-1
connector (Mark )
The part Nos. of the contact extraction tools are

designated by AMP.
71 W303-0257E
2.1.1 AMP.070 Multi-lock connector (Mark )
Insertion of Contact
1. Insert the receptacle properly with its seam side

up (for both upper and lower cavities) into the
housing with its locking side up. Please do not Confirmation of Locking:
force to insert; make sure the direction is correct. Please make certain of the complete of locking
by checking the hooks and the locks on both
2. Please make sure that the contact is perfectly
sides.
locked with the housing until it clicks. Please
make it a rule to check the locking by gently 2. Increase of Contact Keeping Strength can be
pulling forward the contact after insertion. expected by doublelocking.
3. In case the contact must be pulled out again, 3. Releasing Doublelock:

please care about the deformation of contact. Refer to contact extraction tool(755430-2)
[Refer to contact extraction tool(755430-2) instruction sheet.
instruction sheet.] "Please obey the authorized instruction to
release,otherwise the housing could be damaged.
4. Doublelock immediately after insertion of contact.
Please release it properly."
Otherwise it might be damaged in carrying the
harness due to doublelock catching things. Harness Checker
Doublelock 1. Please refer to the figure below to check the

current running of assembled harness.
1. After the insertion of contact into the housing,
doublelock it (hinge type). There are eight places
to lock. Please make sure to lock all of them.
“Use of Current Checker of Spring Pin is preferable.”
72 W303-0257E
1. Introduction: [NOTICE]
Avoid bending walls excessively to prevent from
AMP Extraction Tool, P/N 755430-2 has been damage during operation.
designed to extract 070 Series contacts from
double lock housing.
Read this instruction sheet carefully, before you
start operation.
2. Unlocking hinge-locking device:
The loaded contacts are locked by the double

locking hinge device. It is necessary to unlock the
hinge locking device, before to start removal of
contacts from the housing.
Opening of hinges should be performed carefully,
not to damage them during handling. Open one
after one, gradually.
[NOTICE]
The double locking system is composed by the
locking device and housing wall, and arranged in
both sides and center section.
1. Releasing side locking device:

1.1 Insert tip end of the tool into the gap between
the double-lock hinge and side wall of housing.
( Reter to Fig.2)
1.2 Tilt the tool so that the tip end digs up the
double-lock plate with the side wall partially
bending outside to release locking device as
( Reter to Fig.3)
73 W303-0257E
2. Releasing center locking device:
2.1 Insert tip end of the tool into the gap of locking
device with its flat sides facing aside.
(Reter to Fig 4(a))
2.2 Tilt the tool in the arrowed direction to raise the

hinge with the locking arm bending out.
(Reter to Fig 4(b) and (c))
[NOTICE]
Avoid bending walls excessively to prevent from
damage during operation.
3. Extraction of contacts:
Insert tip end of the tool into the housing cavity

from the mating side of housing, so as to raise the
locking lance of housing. This will make contact
unlocking. (Reter to Fig 5)
Procedure:
1. Push back the contact into the housing in the

direction "A". This will result relaxing of locking
tension prior to unlocking.
2. Insert extraction tool into the housing cavity.
3. Raise the locking lance in housing.
4. Pull back the contact from the housing.
[NOTICE]
Avoid inserting tool tip from reaching the contact
leaf area for prevention from contact deformation
and damage.
74 W303-0257E
2. Increase of contact keeping strength can be

expected by doublelocking.
3. Releasing doublelock:
Refer to contact extraction tool(755430-1)
Insertion of Contact instruction sheet.
"Please obey the authorized instruction to
1. Insert the receptacle properly with its seam side release,otherwise the housing could be damaged.
up (for both upper and lower cavities) into the Please release it properly."
housing with its locking side up. Please do not
force to insert; make sure the direction is correct. Harness checker
2. Please make sure that the contact is perfectly 1. Please refer to the figure below to check the
locked with the housing until it clicks. Please current running of assembled harness.
make it a rule to check the locking by gently
pulling forward the contact after insertion.
3. In case the contact must be pulled out again,

please care about the deformation of contact.
[Refer to contact extraction tool(755430-1)
instruction sheet.]
4. Doublelock immediately after insertion of contact.

Otherwise it might be damaged in carrying the
harness due to doublelock catching things. “Use of current checker of spring pin is preferable.
Doublelock
1. After the insertion of contact into the housing,

doublelock it (hinge type). Please make sure to
lock all of them.
75 W303-0257E
1.Introduction:
[NOTICE]
AMP Extraction Tool, P/N 755430-1 has been Avoid bending walls excessively to prevent from
designed to extract 040 Series contacts from damage during operation.
double lock housing.
Read this instruction sheet carefully, before you
start operation.
2.Unlocking hinge-locking device:
The loaded contacts are locked by the double

locking hinge device. It is necessary to unlock the
hinge locking device, before to start removal of
contacts from the housing.
Opening of hinges should be performed carefully,
not to damage them during handling. Open one
after one, gradually.
[NOTICE]
The double locking system is composed by the
locking device and housing wall, and arranged in
both sides.
Procedure:
1. Insert tip end of the tool into the gap between

the double-lock hinge and side wall of housing.
(Reter to Fig.2)
2. Tilt the tool so that the tip end digs up the

double-lock plate with the side wall partially
bending outside to release locking device.
(Reter to Fig.3)
76 W303-0257E
3.Extraction of contacts:
Insert tip end of the tool into the housing cavity

from the mating side of housing, so as to raise the
locking lance of housing. This will make contact
unlocking. (Refer to Fig.4)
Procedure:
1. Push back the contact into the housing in the
direction "A". This will result relaxing of locking
tension prior to unlocking.
2. Insert extraction tool into the housing cavity.
3. Raise the locking lance in housing.
4. Pull back the contact from the housing.
[NOTICE]
Avoid inserting tool tip from reaching the contact
leaf area for prevention from contact deformation
and damage.
77 W303-0257E

2. Verify that the terminal has been firmly locked to
the housing lance. If the crimp is located at the
center of the retainer during contact mounting as
shown in Fig.2, contact locking is not engaged
rightly, causing the contact to slip out. Push the
contact into the lance as shown in Fig.3. Locking it
to the housing lance correctly will make a clicking
sound.
After inserting the contact in place, check it by
pulling the wire backward. Whenever the contact
has to be removed for remounting, use the
specified pulling tools.
Insertion of contact
1. Before loading contacts into the housing, verify

that there are no incomplete crimps and then
place the contact with the locking lever facing
upward as shown in Fig.1 and insert the contact
straight until it stops at the end of housing cavity.
If the contact is not easily seated in housing, do
not force it, but make sure that it is going in the
right direction.
Terminals forced in backwards can accidentally
scrape the housing lance off.
78 W303-0257E
Double lock ratchet
1. A double lock ratchet is used to reinforce contact

support. The insulation barrel is supported at the
retainer type double lock area. See Fig.4.
2. If contacts are not mounted correctly inside the

housing, double lock may not completely lock or
effectively lock. See Figs.2 and 6.
3. Verify that the double lock is firmly locked. When

completing and verifying steps 1 and 2 above,
press the retainer press area. The retainer moves Unlocking the double lock ratchet
downward and the ratchet clicks to be released.
Unlock the detent lock
Make sure it is locked by lightly pulling the wire
outward. The conditions shown in Figs.4 and 5 will 1. Insert the jig into the insertion slot.
be seen if the retainer behaves correctly.
If any contacts are not completely fixed, the 2. Release the ratchet teeth by turning the jig in the
retainer does not work properly resulting in the direction of the arrow so that the housing wall
condition shown in Fig.6, in which the retainer is bends to allow you to lift the retainer press area
effective only on one side and the ratchet teeth upward. Repeat the same procedure for the other
are lifted on one side. If this happens, remount the side as well.
contact in the correct position using a removing
jig.
79 W303-0257E
Unit : (mm) (1mm=0.039in)
[NOTICE]
Avoid bending the walls excessively to prevent from
damage.
Extracting contacts
Remove contacts by inserting the jig from the

connector fitting side to lift up the connector housing
lance.
1. Depress the contact in the direction of the arrow.
2. Insert jig.
3. Lift up the lance.
4. Remove the contact.
[NOTICE]
Do not insert the removing jig into the contacting
area of receptacle contacts (in order to prevent the
contact leaf from deforming).
80 W303-0257E
Removing the retainer (From the finally assembled

position to the pre-assembled position)
1. To remove the contacts from the housing the

Insertion of Contact retainer must be at pre-assembled position. The
contact can not be removed from the retainer if it
1. Confirm the proper orientation and insert the is finally assembled position. Insert the end of
contact into the retainer until a click sound is Extraction Tool (AMP part No.715131-1) into the
noted. Confirm that the contact is inserted fully retainer extraction hole and pull up the retainer.
into the retainer. Then, lightly pull the wire to Set the retainer to the pre-assembled position by
confirm that it will not come off. aligning the alignment marks if it is dislocated
from the pre-assembled position.
2. Orientation of the contact
Orient the dimple provided on the contact so that How to extract the contacts
it faces the retainer side of the housing.
1. Set the retainer to the pre-assembled position.
The contacts can not be removed with the retainer
set to the finally assembled position.
Be sure to use the Extraction Tool (AMP part
No.715131-1) to remove the contact.
Insert the tool horizontally into the housing. Never
allow the tool to face downward to interfere with
the contact as shown in the improper example
below.
Securing the retainer (From pre-assembled position to

the finally assembled position)
1. Note that the retainers provided on the connector

are pre-assembled. Thus, they need to be finally
assembled as shown in the figure below after
inserting the contacts into them. The retainers can
not be pushed in if any one of the contacts is not
completely inserted. Press both ends of the
retainer to assemble it.
81 W303-0257E
Connection diagram for connectors
Extract the contact in accordance with following procedure.
82 W303-0257E
2.2 Crimping receptacle contact
1. Applicable contact
AMP connector Contact Applicable wire size Hand tool
Finish
type part No. (nominal) Part No.
175062-1 Tin-plated 0.3-0.5mm2
.040 series 911738-1
175062-2 Gold-plated (0.0005 – 0.0008in2)
175027-1 Tin-plated 0.5-1.25mm2
.070 series 911788-2
175027-2 Gold-plated (0.0008 – 0.002in2)
0.3-0.85mm2
.040 series 179417-1 Tin-plated 934192-1
(0.0005 – 0.0008in2)
The part Nos. of contacts and hand tools are designated by AMP.
2. Nomenclature
3. Crimping condition (1mm = 0.039in)
.040 series .070 series .040 series

No. Item 175062-1 175027-1 179417-1
175062-2 175027-2 179418-2
1 Cut-off tab 0.25mm Max. 0.3mm Max. 0.5mm Max.
Front 0.4mm Max. 0.5mm Max.
2 Bellmouth
Rear 0.15-0.65mm 0.5mm Max.
Allowable Bending -4°-+2° Max. -3°-+3° Max. -4°-+5° Max.
3 limit of Twisting 3° Max. 5.5° Max.
deformation Rolling 5° Max. 10° Max.
4 Wire end protrusion length 0-1.5mm 0-1.0mm
5 Insulation stripping length (ref.) 4.0-4.5mm 3.5-4.5mm 4.0-4.5mm
Seam must be neatly closed.
6 Wire barrel seam (A slight gap is allowable on condition where no strand
looses out of the seam.)
83 W303-0257E
Connection diagram for connectors CN1 (power supply)

1. TR-450XL-4 and TR-500XL-4 No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
1 MPOW 24V power supply WB (213)
1.1 Upper MDT 2 MPOW 24V power supply WB (213)
CN6 4 GND GND B (0)
CN1 (.040MKII)
(.070MKI) 5 GND GND B (0)
1 5
6 2
3
6
7
6 GND GND B (0)
5 4 8
4 CN2
3 CN7
2
1
(.040IIMKII) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
1 6 1 TXD1 Upper/lower unit WR (3)
CN2 2 7
(.040MKII) 3 8 serial output
4 9
12 6
5 10 2 RXD1 Upper/lower unit LY (5)
11
10
5
4
CN8 serial input
(.040MKII)
9 3 3 TXD2(+) AML serial R (198)
8 2 1 9
7 1 2 10 output(+)
3 11
CN3 4 12 4 TXD2(-) AML serial G (199)
5 13
(.040MKII) 6 14 output(-)
7 15
20 10 8 16 5 RXD2(+) AML serial input(+) W (196)
19 9
17 23
18 8 18 24 6 RXD2(-) AML serial input(-) B (197)
17 7 19 25
16 6 20 26 7 TXD3 Combination meter W (191)
15 5
14 4
21
22
27
28
serial output
13 3
8 GND GND B (192)
12 2 CN9
11 1 (.070MKI) 9 GND GND B (0)
CN4
1 6 10 Pi3 Unusable
2 7
(.070MKI) 3 8 11 Pi4 Unusable
9
20
19
9
8 10 12 DPOW Unusable
18 7 4 11
17 6 5 12
16 5
15 CN10
14 (.040IIMKII)
13 4 1 9
12 3 2 10
11 2 3 11
10 1 4 12
5 13
6 14
CN5 7 15
(.070MKI) 8 16
17 27
14 6 18 28
13 5 19 29
12 4 20 30
11 21 31
10 22 32
23 33
9 3 24 34
8 2 25 35
7 1 26 36
IW303-0251E15
[NOTICE]
Inside the parentheses in the connector
arrangement are AMP connector type.
84 W303-0257E
CN3 (OUT) CN5 (IN)

No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
1 Tr1 Alarm buzzer V (212) 1 Di20(+) Two-wheel steering L (29)
2 Tr2 High beam lamp BL (239) 2 Di21(+) Four-wheel steering LR (48)
3 Tr3 Glow lamp WR (211) 3 Di22(+) Crab steering LB (47)
4 Tr4 (*1) Spare output 4 Di23(+) Spare input(+)
5 Tr5 Spare output 5 Di24(+) Spare input(+)
6 Tr6 Spare output 6 Di25(+) High/low shift YB (51)
7 Tr7 Spare output 7 Di26(+) 2-wheel/4-wheel YL (50)
8 Tr8 Spare output drive shift
9 GND GND B (0) 8 Di27(+) Spare input(+)
11 Tr9 2-wheel steering RW (73) 10 Di29(+) Spare input(+)
12 Tr10 4-wheel steering LG (74) 11 Di30(+) Headlamp A BrR (36)
13 Tr11 Crab steering GL (75) 12 Di31(+) Headlamp B BrY (37)
14 Tr12 Spare output 13 Di32(+) Clearance lamp Br (35)
15 Tr13 Spare output 14 GND GND B (0)
16 Tr14 Spare output CN6
17 Tr15 Spring lock state WL (309) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
detection
1 TXD LR (800)
18 Tr16 Engine revolution YB (559)
2 RXD LW (801)
detection
3 BOOT LG (802)
19 GND GND B (0)
4 GND LB (803)
20 GND GND B (0)
5 GND Br (804)
(*1) : From 540354, change to T/C oil temp. 6 GND Br (804)
warning V(212) 7 GND Br (804)
CN4 (IN) 8 GND Br (804)
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) CN7
1 GND GND B (0) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
2 Di1(+) Emergency YG (20)
1 SPOW 12V IN WY (915)
transmission
2 Pi1 Tachometer sensor P (907)
3 Di2(+) 1st RY (31)
input
4 Di3(+) 2nd RB (32)
3 Po1 Tachometer sensor LgW(908)
5 Di4(+) 3rd RW (33) output
6 Di5(+) D O (34) 4 Pi2 Main speed input WL (911)
7 Di6(+) N RL (30) 5 Po2 Main speed output LgY (912)
8 Di7(+) R R (40) 6 Po3 Unusable
9 Di8(+) ALL Sb (72) 7 CHK MDT system check YW (4)
10 Di9(+) FL PB (45) input
11 Di10(+) FR WY (44) 8 Ao1 Unusable
12 Di11(+) RL WR (42) (fuel gauge output)
13 Di12(+) RR W (41) 9 GND GND B (0)
14 Di13(+) Ext. WB (43) 10 GND GND B (0)
15 Di14(+) Ret. Y (62)
16 Di15(+) Jack WL (46)
17 Di16(+) Slider GY (60)
18 Di17(+) Spare input(+)
19 Di18(+) Lock (spring lock) Lg (39)
20 Di19(+) Free (spring lock) LgR (38)
85 W303-0257E
CN8 (*2) : From 540396, change to Front wiper operation

output YG (193)
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) (*3) : From 540396, change to Roof wiper operation
1 AVCC 5V (for air pressure) R (227) output V (187)
2 AVCC 5V (for spare 1) CN10 (IN)
3 AVCC 5V (for spare 2) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4 AVCC 5V (for spare 3) 1 Di49(-) Over-front detection BW (333)
5 AGND GND (for air B (229) 2 Di50(-) (*4)Spare input(-)
pressure) 3 Di51(-) Hydraulic oil temp. YG (298)
6 AGND GND (for spare 1) 50°C (122°F)
7 AGND GND (for spare 2) 4 Di52(-) Spare input(-)
8 AGND GND (for spare 3) 5 Di53(-) Spare input(-)
6 Di54(-) Spare input(-)
9 Ai1 Air pressure input W (228)
10 Ai2 Spare analog input 1
8 Di56(-) (*5)Spare input(-)
12 Ai4 Spare analog input 3 10 Di58(-) Spare input(-)
13 SLD GND (for shield) Shield 11 Di59(-) Hydraulic oil temp. Y (296)
14 SLD GND (for shield) 85°C (185°F)
15 SLD GND (for shield) 12 Di60(-) Spare input(-)
17 AVCC 5V (for spare 4) 14 Di62(-) Spare input(-)
19 AVCC 5V (for spare 6)
17 Di33(+) Exhaust brake Y (52)
18 Di34(+) Air heater LO (54)
21 AGND GND (for spare 4)
19 Di35(+) Working lamp YG (167)
22 AGND GND (for spare 5) 20 Di36(+) PTO G (22)
23 AGND GND (for spare 6) 21 Di37(+) Parking brake WG (19)
24 AGND GND (for spare 7) 22 Di38(+) Spare input(+)
25 Ai5 Spare analog input 4 23 Di39(+) Spare input(+)
27 GND GND B (0)
CN9
28 GND GND B (0)
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 29 GND GND B (0)
3 Tr19 (*2)Spare output 32 Di44(+) Spare input(+)
4 Tr20 (*3)Spare output 33 Di45(+) Spare input(+)
5 Tr21 Unusable 34 Di46(+) Spare input(+)
8 Tr24 Unusable (*4) : From 540396, change to washer operation
9 Po4 Air pressure Y (143) (front) YB (176)
10 Po5 T/C pressure YB (24) (*5) : From 540396, change to wiper intermittent
11 Tr25 Unusable operation (front) YL (194)
(MDT CPU output) (*6) : From 540396, change to wiper intermittent
operation (roof) LY (173)
12 GND GND B (0)
86 W303-0257E
1.2 Lower MDT CN1 (IN)

No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
CN1
(.040IIMKII) 1 Di1(-) Brake fluid level BW (82)
CN7 36 26 detection
(.070MKI) 35 25
34 24
18 8 33 23 2 Di2(-) Engine oil BR (85)
17 7 32 22
16 6 31 21 low-pressure
15 5 30 20
14 29 19 3 Di3(-) Air low-pressure BL (83)
28 18
13
12 4
27 17 (parking brake)
16 8
11
10
3
2
15 7 4 Di4(-) Spare input(-)
14 6
9 1 13
12
5
4
11
10
3
2
6 Di6(-) Straight ahead Y (78)
CN8 9 1 detection
(.070MKI)
CN2 7 Di7(-) Fuel level detection YO (244)
12 5 (.070MKI)
11 4
6
8 Di8(-) 4WD detection GB (70)
10
9 5
4
9 Di9(-) Air low-pressure GW (175)
8 3
7 2 3
2
6 1
1 11 Di11(-) Spare input(-)
CN3 12 Di12(-) (*1) Spare input(-)
CN9 (.040MKII)
(.070MKI) 12 6
20 9
11
10
5
4
19 8
18 7
9
8
3
2
15 GND GND B (0)
17
16
6
5
7 1 16 GND GND B (0)
15 CN4 17 Di15(-) Spare input(-)
14 (.040MKI)
13 4
16 8
12 3
11 2
15
14
7
10 1 13 5
11 3
10
9
2
1
CN10
(.070MKI) CN5 22 Di20(-) Spare input(-)
14 6 (.040MKII) 23 Di21(-) Spare input(-)
13 5 8 4
12 4 7 3 24 Di22(-) Spare input(-)
11 6 2
10 5 1 25 Di23(-) Spare input(-)
9 3
8 2 CN6 26 Di24(-) Spare input(-)
7 1 (.040MKII)
36 26
27 Di25(+) Engine start LG (21)
CN11 35
34
25
24 28 Di26(+) Spare input(+)
(.070MKI) 33 23
18 8
32 22 29 Di27(+) Spare input(+)
31 21
17
16
7
6
30
29
20
19
15
14
5 28
27
18
16 8
13
12 4 15 7 32 Di30(+) Spare input(+)
14 6
11
10
3
2
13
12
5
4
9 1 11
10
3
9 1
35 GND GND B (0)
36 GND GND B (0)
Relay board CPU board
IW303-0251E16
(*1) : From 540354, change to T/C oil temp.
detection LR(575)
CN2 (power supply)
[NOTICE]
Inside the parentheses in the connector No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
arrangement are AMP connector type. 1 MPOW 24V power supply W (105)
2 MPOW 24V power supply W (105)
4 GND GND B (0)
87 W303-0257E
5 GND GND B (0) CN6

6 GND GND B (0)
CN3 1 AVCC 5V (for spare 1)
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 2 AVCC 5V (for spare 2)
1 TXD1 Upper/lower unit LY (5) 3 AVCC 5V (for spare 3)
output 4 AVCC 5V (for spare 4)
2 RXD1 Upper/lower unit WR (3) 5 AVCC 5V (for spare 5)
input 6 AGND GND (for spare 1)
3 TXD2 Spare serial output 7 AGND GND (for spare 2)
4 RXD2 Spare serial input 8 AGND GND (for spare 3)
5 GND GND B (0) 9 AGND GND (for spare 4)
6 CHK MDT system check YW (4) 10 AGND GND (for spare 5)
input 11 Ai6 Spare analog input 1
7 Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp BG (86) 12 Ai7 Spare analog input 2
8 Tr1 PTO limiter YR (245)
9 Tr2 Clearance lamp Br (35)
10 Tr3 Steering power supply GB (247)
11 Tr4 Spare output
16 SLD GND (for shield)
12 GND GND B (0)
17 AVCC 5V R
CN4 (IN)
(for O/R length FL)
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 18 AVCC 5V R
1 Pi3(+) Sub-speed input(+) W (135) (for O/R length FR)
2 Pi3(-) Sub-speed input(-) B (129) 19 AVCC 5V R
3 Pi4(+) Tachometer W (203) (for O/R length RL)
input(+) 20 AVCC 5V R
4 Pi4(-) Tachometer input(-) B (204) (for O/R length RR)
5 Pi1 Unusable 21 AVCC 5V R (220)
6 Po1 Tachometer output P (907) (for T/C pressure)
7 Pi2 Main speed input WG (913) 22 AGND GND B
8 Po2 Main speed output WL (911) (for O/R length FL)
9 SPOW 12V (for main speed) WR (914) 23 AGND GND B
(for O/R length FR)
10 GND GND
24 AGND GND B
11 Po3 Unusable
(for O/R length RL)
12 Ao1 Spare analog output 1
25 AGND GND B
13 Ao2 Spare analog output 2 (for O/R length RR)
14 Ao3 Spare analog output 3 26 AGND GND B (222)
15 Ai11 Unusable (for T/C pressure)
(fuel sender input) 27 Ai1 O/R length FL input W
16 GND GND B (0) 28 Ai2 O/R length FR input W
CN5 29 Ai3 O/R length RL input W
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 30 Ai4 O/R length RR input W
1 TXD LR (800) 31 Ai5 T/C pressure input W (221)
2 RXD LW (801) 32 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
3 BOOT LG (802) 33 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
4 GND LB (803) 34 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
5 GND Br (804) 35 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
7 GND Br (804)
8 GND Br (804)
88 W303-0257E
CN7 CN9
1 RPOW15 Output power sourse GW (93) 1 RPOW8 Output power sourse
[CN7(10-13)] [CN9(4-6)]
2 RPOW16 Output power sourse GL (248) 2 RPOW9 Output power sourse
[CN7(14-17)] [CN9(7-9,14,15)]
3 RY42 Lock up LgY (58) 3 RY24 Spare output
4 RY43 F1 RY (31) 4 RY25 Spare output
5 RY44 F2 RB (32) 5 RY26 Spare output
6 RY45 F3 RW (33) 6 RY27 Spare output
7 RY46 High O (34) 7 RY28 Spare output
8 RY47 Low RL (30) 8 RY29 Spare output
9 RY48 R R (40) 9 RY30 Spare output
10 RY49 Headlamp B BrY (37) 10 GND GND B (0)
11 RY50 Spring lock check LgR (38) 11 GND GND B (0)
release 12 GND GND B (0)
12 RY51 Spare output 13 GND GND B (0)
13 RY52 Spring lock Lg (39) 14 RY31 Spare output
14 RY53 4-wheel steering LR (48) 15 RY32 Spare output
15 RY54 Crab steering LB (47) 16 RY33 Spare output
16 RY55 Spare output 17 RY34 Spare output
18 GND GND B (0) 19 RY36 Spare output
20 GND GND B (0)
CN8
1 RPOW10 Output power sourse No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
[CN9(16-19)] 1 RPOW6 Output power sourse RL (95)
2 RPOW11 Output power sourse [CN10(7-10)]
[CN8(7-8)] 2 RPOW5 Output power sourse
3 RPOW12 Output power sourse [CN11(17),CN10(4-6)]
[CN8(9-10)] 3 RPOW7 Output power sourse Gy (79)
4 RPOW13 Output power sourse GY (88) [CN10(10-13),CN9(3)]
[CN8(11),CN7(3)] 4 RY14 Spare output
5 RPOW14 Output power sourse GB (89) 5 RY15 Spare output
[CN7(4-9)] 6 RY16 Spare output
6 GND GND B (0) 7 RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel YL (50)
7 RY37 Spare output drive shift
11 RY41 Spare output 11 RY21 Exhaust brake Y (52)
12 GND GND B (0) 12 RY22 Headlamp A BrR (36)
13 RY23 Air heater LO (54)
14 GND GND B (0)
89 W303-0257E
CN11
1 RPOW3 Output power sourse GO (91)
[CN11(9-12)]
2 RPOW4 Output power sourse
[CN11(13-16)]
3 RPOW1 Output power sourse GR (90)
[CN11(5-6)]
4 RPOW2 Output power sourse P (87)
[CN11(7-8)]
5 RY1 FL PB (45)
6 RY2 FR WY (44)
7 RY3 RL WR (42)
8 RY4 RR W (41)
9 RY5 Ext. WB (43)
10 RY6 Ret. Y (62)
11 RY7 Jack/slider selector WL (46)
12 RY8 Spare output
13 RY9 Spare output
14 RY10 Spare output
18 GND GND B (0)
90 W303-0257E
2. TR-500XL-4 (*) CN1 (power supply)

CN6
CN1 (.040MKII) 3 MPOW 24V power supply WB (213)
(.070MKI) 1 5 4 GND GND B (0)
2 6
6
5
3 7 5 GND GND B (0)
4 8
4 6 GND GND B (0)
3 CN7
2
1
(.040IIMKII) CN2
1 6
CN2 2 7 No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
3 8
(.040MKII) 4 9 1 TXD1 Upper/lower unit WR (3)
5 10
12
11
6
5
serial output
CN8
10 4
(.040MKII) 2 RXD1 Upper/lower unit LY (5)
9 3
8 2 1 9 serial input
7 1 2 10
3 11 3 TXD2(+) AML serial R (198)
4 12
CN3 5 13 output(+)
(.040MKII) 6 14
7 15 4 TXD2(-) AML serial G (199)
20 10
19 9
8
17
16
23
output(-)
18 8
17 7
18
19
24
25
5 RXD2(+) AML serial input(+) W (196)
16 6
15 5
20
21
26
27
6 RXD2(-) AML serial input(-) B (197)
14
13
4
3
22 28 7 TXD3 Combination meter W (191)
12 2 CN9 serial output
11 1 (.070MKI)
8 GND GND B (192)
1 6
CN4 2 7 9 GND GND B (0)
(.070MKI) 3 8
9
10 Pi3 Spare input
20 9
19 8
4
10
11
11 Pi4 Spare input
18 7
17 6 5 12 12 DPOW Unusable
16 5
15 CN10
14 (.040IIMKII)
13 4 1 9
12 3 2 10
11 2 3 11
10 1 4 12
5 13
6 14
CN5 7 15
(.070MKI) 8 16
17 27
14 6 18 28
13 5 19 29
12 4 20 30
11 21 31
10 22 32
23 33
9 3 24 34
8 2 25 35
7 1 26 36
IW303-0251E15
[NOTICE]
91 W303-0257E
CN3 (OUT) CN5 (IN)

4 Tr4 T/C oil temp. V (212) 4 Di23(+) Spare input(+)
warning 5 Di24(+) Spare input(+)
11 Tr9 2-wheel steering RW (73) 11 Di30(+) Headlamp A BrR (36)
12 Tr10 4-wheel steering LG (74) 12 Di31(+) Headlamp B BrY (37)
13 Tr11 Crab steering GL (75) 13 Di32(+) Clearance lamp Br (35)
16 Tr14 Spare output
17 Tr15 Spring lock state WL (309)
1 TXD LR (800)
detection
2 RXD LW (801)
detection 3 BOOT LG (802)
19 GND GND B (0) 4 GND LB (803)
20 GND GND B (0) 5 GND Br (804)
6 GND Br (804)
CN4 (IN)
7 GND Br (804)
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 8 GND Br (804)
1 GND GND B (0)
CN7
transmission No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
3 Di2(+) 1st RY (31) 1 SPOW 12V IN WY (915)
4 Di3(+) 2nd RB (32) 2 Pi1 Tachometer sensor P (907)
5 Di4(+) 3rd RW (33) input
6 Di5(+) D O (34) 3 Po1 Tachometer sensor LgW(908)
output
7 Di6(+) N RL (30)
4 Pi2 Main speed input WL (911)
8 Di7(+) R R (40)
5 Po2 Main speed output LgY (912)
9 Di8(+) ALL Sb (72)
6 Po3 Unusable
10 Di9(+) FL PB (45)
7 CHK MDT system check YW (4)
11 Di10(+) FR WY (44)
input
12 Di11(+) RL WR (42)
8 Ao1 Unusable
13 Di12(+) RR W (41)
(fuel gauge output)
14 Di13(+) Ext. WB (43)
9 GND GND B (0)
15 Di14(+) Ret. Y (62)
10 GND GND B (0)
16 Di15(+) Jack WL (46)
92 W303-0257E
CN8 12 GND GND B (0)

No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) CN10 (IN)
1 AVCC 5V (for air pressure) R (227) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
2 AVCC 5V (for accelerator 1) R (610) 1 Di49(-) Over-front detection BW (333)
3 AVCC 5V (for accelerator 2) R (620) 2 Di50(-) Washer operation YB (176)
(front)
4 AVCC 5V (for Idle volume) R (632)
3 Di51(-) Hydraulic oil temp. YG (298)
5 AGND GND (for air pressure) B (229) 50°C (122°F)
6 AGND GND (for accelerator 1) R (610) 4 Di52(-) Spare input(-)
7 AGND GND (for accelerator 2) R (620) 5 Di53(-) Spare input(-)
8 AGND GND (for Ldle volume) R (632) 6 Di54(-) Spare input(-)
9 Ai1 Air pressure input W (228) 7 Di55(-) Spare input(-)
10 Ai2 Accelerator sensor 1 W (611) 8 Di56(-) Wiper intermittent YL (194)
input operation (front)
11 Ai3 Accelerator sensor 2 W (621) 9 Di57(-) Spare input(-)
input 10 Di58(-) Spare input(-)
12 Ai4 Idle volume input W (633) 11 Di59(-) Hydraulic oil temp. Y (296)
13 SLD GND (for shield) Shield 85°C (185°F)
13 Di61(-) Unusable (maximum
15 SLD GND (for shield) engine speed shift for
16 SLD GND (for shield) low noise operation)
17 AVCC 5V (for spare) 14 Di62(-) Unusable
18 AVCC 5V (for spare) (accelerator stroke shift)
19 AVCC 5V (for spare) 15 Di63(-) Spare input(-)
20 AVCC 5V (for spare) 16 Di64(-) Wiper intermittent LY (173)
operation (roof)
21 AGND GND (for spare)
18 Di34(+) Spare input (-)
23 AGND GND (for spare) 19 Di35(+) Working lamp YG (167)
24 AGND GND (for spare) 20 Di36(+) PTO G (22)
25 Ai5 Spare analog input 21 Di37(+) Parking brake WG (19)
26 Ai6 Spare analog input 22 Di38(+) Spare input(+)
27 Ai7 Spare analog input 23 Di39(+) Unusable (low
28 Ai8 Spare analog input noise operation)
CN9
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 26 Di42(+) Spare input(+)
3 Tr19 Front wipper YG (193) 29 GND GND B (0)
operation output
30 GND GND B (0)
4 Tr20 Roof wopper V (187)
operation
5 Tr21 Spare output
6 Tr22 Spare output
7 Tr23 Spare output
8 Tr24 Spare output
9 Po4 Air pressure Y (143)
10 Po5 T/C pressure YB (24)
11 Tr25 Unusable
(MDT CPU output)
93 W303-0257E

CN1
CN7 36 26 detection
(.070MKI) 35 25
34 24
18 8 33 23 2 Di2(-) Engine oil BR (85)
17 7 32 22
15 5 30 20
28 18
13
12 4
16 8
11
10
3
2
14 6
9 1 13
12
5
4
11
10
3
2
CN8 9 1 detection
(.070MKI)
12 5 (.070MKI)
11 4
6
10
9 5
4
8 3
7 2 3
2
6 1
CN3 12 Di12(-) T/C oil temp. LR (575)
CN9 (.040MKII)
detection
(.070MKI) 12 6
20 9
11 5 13 Di13(-) DIAG lamp 1 BrR (637)
10 4
19
18
8
7
9 3 14 Di14(-) DIAG lamp 2 Br (638)
8 2
17 6 7 1 15 GND GND B (0)
16 5
15 CN4 16 GND GND B (0)
14 (.040MKI)
12 3 16 8
11 2
15
14
7
6
10 1 13
12
5
4 19 Di17(-) Glow lamp L (683)
11 3
10 2 20 Di18(-) Water separator BG (684)
9 1
CN10 21 Di19(-) Spare input(-)
(.070MKI) CN5
13 5 8 4
12 4 7 3 23 Di21(-) Spare input(-)
11 6 2
10 5 1 24 Di22(-) Spare input(-)
9 3
7 1 (.040MKII)
36 26
CN11 35
34
25
24
(.070MKI) 33
32
23
22 28 Di26(+) Unusable
18 8 31 21
17 7 30 20 29 Di27(+) Unusable outrigger
16 6 29 19
15 5 28 18 accelerator
14 27 17
13 16
15
8
7
12 4 14 6
11 3 13 5 31 Di29(+) Spare input(+)
10 2 12 4
9 1 11 3 32 Di30(+) Spare input(+)
10 2
9 1 33 Di31(+) Spare input(+)
IW303-0251E16
35 GND GND B (0)
36 GND GND B (0)
CN2 (power supply)
[NOTICE] No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
Inside the parentheses in the connector 1 MPOW 24V power supply W (105)
4 GND GND B (0)
5 GND GND B (0)
94 W303-0257E
6 GND GND B (0) CN6

CN3 No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
input 5 AVCC 5V (for spare 5)
8 Tr1 PTO limiter YR (245) 12 Ai7 Spare analog input 2
11 Tr4 Spare output
12 GND GND B (0)
CN4 (IN)
17 AVCC 5V R
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) (for O/R length FL)
1 Pi3(+) Sub-speed input(+) W (135) 18 AVCC 5V R
2 Pi3(-) Sub-speed input(-) B (129) (for O/R length FR)
3 Pi4(+) Tachometer W (203) 19 AVCC 5V R
input(+) (for O/R length RL)
4 Pi4(-) Tachometer input(-) B (204) 20 AVCC 5V R
5 Pi1 Unusable (for O/R length RR)
6 Po1 Tachometer output P (907) 21 AVCC 5V R (220)
7 Pi2 Main speed input WG (913) (for T/C pressure)
8 Po2 Main speed output WL (911) 22 AGND GND B
9 SPOW 12V (for main speed) WR (914) (for O/R length FL)
10 GND GND 23 AGND GND B
(for O/R length FR)
11 Po3 Unusable
24 AGND GND B
12 Ao1 Accelerator sensor 1 YR (616)
(for O/R length RL)
output
25 AGND GND B
13 Ao2 Accelerator sensor 2 YL (623)
(for O/R length RR)
output
26 AGND GND B (222)
14 Ao3 Idle volume output YG (625)
(for T/C pressure)
15 Ai11 Unusable
27 Ai1 O/R length FL input W
(fuel sender input)
28 Ai2 O/R length FR input W
16 GND GND B (0)
29 Ai3 O/R length RL input W
CN5 30 Ai4 O/R length RR input W
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 31 Ai5 T/C pressure input W (221)
1 TXD LR (800) 32 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
6 GND Br (804)
7 GND Br (804)
8 GND Br (804)
95 W303-0257E
CN7 CN9
1 RPOW15 Output power sourse GW (93) 1 RPOW8 Output power sourse LgB (644)
[CN7(10-13)] [CN9(4-6)]
[CN7(14-17)] [CN9(7-9,14,15)]
4 RY43 F1 RY (31) 4 RY25 Map shift 1 Lg (660)
5 RY44 F2 RB (32) 5 RY26 Unusable (map
6 RY45 F3 RW (33) shift 2)
7 RY46 High O (34) 6 RY27 Unusable (map
8 RY47 Low RL (30) shift 3)
10 RY49 Headlamp B BrY (37) 8 RY29 Spare output
11 RY50 Spring lock check LgR (38) 9 RY30 Spare output
13 RY52 Spring lock Lg (39) 12 GND GND B (0)
14 RY53 4-wheel steering LR (48) 13 GND GND B (0)
CN8 19 RY36 Spare output
CN10
[CN9(16-19)]
2 RPOW11 Output power sourse No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
[CN8(7-8)] 1 RPOW6 Output power sourse RL (95)
3 RPOW12 Output power sourse [CN10(7-10)]
[CN8(9-10)] 2 RPOW5 Output power sourse
4 RPOW13 Output power sourse GY (88) [CN11(17),CN10(4-6)]
[CN8(11),CN7(3)] 3 RPOW7 Output power sourse Gy (79)
5 RPOW14 Output power sourse GB (89) [CN10(10-13),CN9(3)]
8 RY38 Spare output 7 RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel YL (50)
11 RY41 Transmission N RL (680) 9 RY19 Spare output
12 GND GND B (0) 10 RY20 Hour meter RB (570)
11 RY21 Exhaust brake Y (52)
12 RY22 Headlamp A BrR (36)
14 GND GND B (0)
96 W303-0257E
CN11
[CN11(9-12)]
[CN11(13-16)]
[CN11(5-6)]
[CN11(7-8)]
5 RY1 FL PB (45)
6 RY2 FR WY (44)
7 RY3 RL WR (42)
8 RY4 RR W (41)
9 RY5 Ext. WB (43)
10 RY6 Ret. Y (62)
12 RY8 Unusable
13 RY9 Spare output
18 GND GND B (0)
97 W303-0257E
3. TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, CN1 (power supply)

TR-800XXL-4 and GR-700EXL-1 No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4 GND GND B (0)
CN6
CN1 (.040MKII) 5 GND GND B (0)
(.070MKI) 1
2
5
6
6 GND GND B (0)
6
3 7
5 4 8 CN2
4
3 CN7
2
(.040IIMKII)
1
1 6
1 TXD1 Upper/lower unit WR (3)
CN2 2
3
7
8
serial output
(.040MKII) 4
5
9
10
2 RXD1 Upper/lower unit LY (5)
12 6
11 5 CN8
serial input
10
9
4
3
(.040MKII) 3 TXD2(+) AML serial R (198)
8 2 1 9 output(+)
7 1 2 10
3 11 4 TXD2(-) AML serial G (199)
CN3 4 12
(.040MKII)
5 13 output(-)
6 14
20 10
7 15 5 RXD2(+) AML serial input(+) W (196)
8 16
19 9
17 23 6 RXD2(-) AML serial input(-) B (197)
18 8 18 24
17 7 19 25 7 TXD3 Combination meter W (191)
16 6 20 26
15 5 21 27 serial output
14 4 22 28
13 3 8 GND GND B (192)
12 2 CN9 9 GND GND B (0)
11 1 (.070MKI)
1 6
10 Pi3 Unusable
CN4
(.070MKI)
2 7 11 Pi4 Unusable
3 8
20 9 9 12 DPOW Unusable
19 8 10
18 7 4 11
17 6 5 12
16 5
15 CN10
14 (.040IIMKII)
13 4 1 9
12 3 2 10
11 2 3 11
10 1 4 12
5 13
6 14
CN5 7 15
(.070MKI) 8 16
17 27
14 6 18 28
13 5 19 29
12 4 20 30
11 21 31
10 22 32
23 33
9 3 24 34
8 2 25 35
7 1 26 36
IW303-0251E15
[NOTICE]
98 W303-0257E
CN3 (OUT) CN5 (IN)

4 Tr4 (*1) Spare output 4 Di23(+) Rear steering BrW (53)
5 Tr5 Spare output 5 Di24(+) Reverse steering PB (57)
9 GND GND B (0) 8 Di27(+) Spare intput(+)
11 Tr9 Two-wheel steering RW (73) 10 Di29(+) Spare intput(+)
12 Tr10 Four-wheel steering LG (74) 11 Di30(+) Headlamp A BrR (36)
14 Tr12 Rear Steening G (76) 13 Di32(+) Clearance lamp Br (35)
15 Tr13 Reverse Steening RB (177) 14 GND GND B (0)
17 Tr15 Spare output No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
1 TXD LR (800)
detection
2 RXD LW (801)
19 GND GND B (0)
3 BOOT LG (802)
20 GND GND B (0)
4 GND LB (803)
(*1) : From 545491, 5 GND Br (804)
change to T/C oil temp. warning V(212) 6 GND Br (804)
7 GND Br (804)
CN4 (IN)
8 GND Br (804)
1 GND GND B (0) CN7
transmission
1 SPOW 12V IN WY (915)
3 Di2(+) 1st RY (31)
2 Pi1 Tachometer sensor P (907)
4 Di3(+) 2nd RB (32)
input
5 Di4(+) Spare input (+)
6 Di5(+) D RW (33) output
7 Di6(+) N RL (30) 4 Pi2 Main speed input WL (911)
8 Di7(+) R R (40) 5 Po2 Main speed output LgY (912)
9 Di8(+) ALL Sb (72) 6 Po3 Unusable
10 Di9(+) FL PB (45) 7 CHK MDT system check YW (4)
11 Di10(+) FR WY (44) input
12 Di11(+) RL WR (42) 8 Ao1 Unusable
13 Di12(+) RR W (41) (fuel gauge output)
14 Di13(+) Ext. WB (43) 9 GND GND B (0)
15 Di14(+) Ret. Y (62) 10 GND GND B (0)
16 Di15(+) Jack WL (46)
99 W303-0257E

YG (193)
1 AVCC 5V (for air pressure) R (227) V (187)
2 AVCC 5V (for spare 1) CN10 (IN)
3 AVCC 5V (for spare 2) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4 AVCC 5V (for spare 3) 1 Di49(-) Over-front detection BW (333)
5 AGND GND (for air B (229) 2 Di50(-) (*4) Spare input(-)
pressure) 3 Di51(-) Hydraulic oil temp. YG (298)
6 AGND GND (for spare 1) 50°C (122°F)
7 AGND GND (for spare 2) 4 Di52(-) C/W mounting/ BrR (294)
dismounting
11 Ai3 Spare analog input 2 8 Di56(-) (*5) Spare input(-)
12 Ai4 Spare analog input 3 9 Di57(-) Over-rear detection LgR (165)
13 SLD GND (for shield) Shield 10 Di58(-) Spare input(-)
14 SLD GND (for shield) 11 Di59(-) Hydraulic oil temp. Y (296)
15 SLD GND (for shield) 85°C (185°F)
16 Di64(-) (*6) Spare input(-)
21 AGND GND (for spare 4) 18 Di34(+) Air heater LO (54)
22 AGND GND (for spare 5) 19 Di35(+) Working lamp YG (167)
23 AGND GND (for spare 6) 20 Di36(+) PTO G (22)
24 AGND GND (for spare 7) 21 Di37(+) Parking brake WG (19)
CN9
27 GND GND B (0)
5 Tr21 Unusable 33 Di45(+) Vehicle speed LG (574)
6 Tr22 Unusable restriction
9 Po4 Air pressure Y (143) 36 Di48(+) Spare input(+)
10 Po5 T/C pressure YB (24) (*4) : From 545800, change to washer operation
11 Tr25 Unusable (front) YB (176)
(MDT CPU output) (*5) : From 545800, change to wiper intermittent
12 GND GND B (0) operation (front) YL (194)
(*6) : From 545800, change to wiper intermittent
operation (roof) LY (173)
100 W303-0257E

CN1
CN7 36 26 detection
(.070MKI) 35 25
34 24
18 8 33 23 2 Di2(-) Engine oil BR (85)
17 7 32 22
15 5 30 20
28 18
13
12 4
16 8
11
10
3
2
14 6
9 1 13
12
5
4
11
10
3
2
CN8 9 1 detection
(.070MKI)
12 5 (.070MKI)
11 4
6
10
9 5
4
8 3
7 2 3
2
10 Di10(-) Steening G (161)
6 1
1 low-pressure
CN3 11 Di11(-) High/Low detection GL (71)
CN9 (.040MKII)
(.070MKI) 12 6
20 9
10 4
19
18
8
7
8 2
17 6 7 1 15 GND GND B (0)
16 5
15 CN4 16 GND GND B (0)
14 (.040MKI)
12 3 16 8
11 2
15
14
7
6
10 1 13
12
5
11 3
9 1
CN10 21 Di19(-) Spare input(-)
(.070MKI) CN5
13 5 8 4
12 4 7 3 23 Di21(-) Spare input(-)
11 6 2
10 5 1 24 Di22(-) Spare input(-)
9 3
7 1 (.040MKII)
36 26
CN11 35
34
25
24
(.070MKI) 33
32
23
22 28 Di26(+) Outrigger switch YB (236)
18 8 31 21
17 7 30 20 neutral
16 6 29 19
15 5 28 18 29 Di27(+) Spare input(+)
14 27 17
13 16
15
8
7
12 4 14 6
11 3 13 5 31 Di29(+) Spare input(+)
10 2 12 4
9 1 11 3 32 Di30(+) Spare input(+)
10 2
IW303-0251E16
35 GND GND B (0)
36 GND GND B (0)
(*1) : From 545491,
[NOTICE]
change to T/C oil temp. detection LR (575)
CN2 (power supply)
101 W303-0257E
3 MPOW 24V power supply W (105) 7 GND Br (804)

4 GND GND B (0) 8 GND Br (804)
5 GND GND B (0) CN6
6 GND GND B (0)
input 11 Ai6 Spare analog input 1
7 Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp BG (86)
11 Tr4 Spare output
12 GND GND B (0) 16 SLD GND (for shield)
17 AVCC 5V R
CN4 (IN) (for O/R length FL)
18 AVCC 5V R
(for O/R length FR)
1 Pi3(+) Sub-speed input(+) W (135)
19 AVCC 5V R
2 Pi3(-) Sub-speed input(-) B (129) (for O/R length RL)
input(+) (for O/R length RR)
4 Pi4(-) Tachometer input(-) B (204) 21 AVCC 5V R (220)
5 Pi1 Unusable (for T/C pressure)
6 Po1 Tachometer output P (907) 22 AGND GND B
7 Pi2 Main speed input WG (913) (for O/R length FL)
9 SPOW 12V (for main speed) WR (914) (for O/R length FR)
10 GND GND 24 AGND GND B
11 Po3 Unusable (for O/R length RL)
12 Ao1 Spare analog output 1 25 AGND GND B
13 Ao2 Spare analog output 2 (for O/R length RR)
14 Ao3 Spare analog output 3 26 AGND GND B (222)
15 Ai11 Unusable (for T/C pressure)
(fuel sender input) 27 Ai1 O/R length FL input W
16 GND GND B (0) 28 Ai2 O/R length FR input W
6 GND Br (804)
102 W303-0257E
CN7 CN9
1 RPOW15 Output power sourse GW (93) 1 RPOW8 Output power sourse
[CN7(10-13)] [CN9(4-6)]
[CN7(14-17)] [CN9(7-9,14,15)]
4 RY43 F1 RY (31) 4 RY25 Spare output
5 RY44 F2 RB (32) 5 RY26 Spare output
6 RY45 F3 RW (33) 6 RY27 Spare output
11 RY50 Suspension lock RY (566) 11 GND GND B (0)
12 RY51 Suspension free LG (567) 12 GND GND B (0)
14 RY53 Steering mode 1 LR (48) 14 RY31 Spare output
15 RY54 Steering mode 2 LB (47) 15 RY32 Spare output
16 RY55 Steering mode 3 PB (57) 16 RY33 Spare output
17 RY56 Steering mode 4 Brw (53) 17 RY34 Spare output
1 RPOW10 Output power sourse CN10
[CN9(16-19)] No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
2 RPOW11 Output power sourse 1 RPOW6 Output power sourse RL (95)
[CN8(7-8)] [CN10(7-10)]
3 RPOW12 Output power sourse 2 RPOW5 Output power sourse
[CN8(9-10)] [CN11(17),CN10(4-6)]
4 RPOW13 Output power sourse GY (88) 3 RPOW7 Output power sourse Gy (79)
[CN8(11),CN7(3)] [CN10(10-13),CN9(3)]
9 RY39 Spare output 8 RY18 High/Low select YB (51)
12 GND GND B (0) 11 RY21 Exhaust brake Y (52)
13 RY23 Air heater LO (54)
14 GND GND B (0)
103 W303-0257E
CN11
[CN11(9-12)]
[CN11(13-16)]
[CN11(5-6)]
[CN11(7-8)]
5 RY1 FL PB (45)
6 RY2 FR WY (44)
7 RY3 RL WR (42)
8 RY4 RR W (41)
9 RY5 Ext. WB (43)
10 RY6 Ret. Y (62)
12 RY8 Outrigger upper RY (560)
unit operation
output
13 RY9 Spare output
18 GND GND B (0)
104 W303-0257E
4. TR-600XXL-4 (*), TR-800XXL-4 (*), CN1 (power supply)

GR-700EXL-1 (*) and No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
GR-550EX-1
4.1 Upper MDT
4 GND GND B (0)
5 GND GND B (0)
CN6 6 GND GND B (0)
CN1 (.040MKII)
(.070MKI) 1 5 CN2
6 2 6
3 7
5 4 8 No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4
3 CN7 1 TXD1 Upper/lower unit WR (3)
2
1
(.040IIMKII) serial output
CN2
1
2
6
7 2 RXD1 Upper/lower unit LY (5)
(.040MKII) 3
4
8
9
serial input
12 6
5 10
3 TXD2(+) AML serial R (198)
11 5 CN8
10 4 output(+)
(.040MKII)
9
8
3
2 1 9
4 TXD2(-) AML serial G (199)
7 1 2 10 output(-)
3 11
CN3 4
5
12
13
(.040MKII) 6
7
14
15
20 10
19 9
17 23
18
17
8
7
18 24 serial output
19 25
16 6 20 26 8 GND GND B (192)
15 5 21 27
14 4 22 28 9 GND GND B (0)
13 3
12 2 CN9 10 Pi3 Spare input
11 1 (.070MKI) 11 Pi4 Spare input
1 6
CN4 2 7 12 DPOW Unusable
(.070MKI) 3 8
20 9 9
19 8 10
18 7 4 11
17 6 5 12
16 5
15 CN10
14 (.040IIMKII)
13 4 1 9
12 3 2 10
11 2 3 11
10 1 4 12
5 13
6 14
CN5 7 15
(.070MKI) 8 16
17 27
14 6 18 28
13 5 19 29
12 4 20 30
11 21 31
10 22 32
23 33
9 3 24 34
8 2 25 35
7 1 26 36
IW303-0251E15
[NOTICE]
105 W303-0257E
CN3 (OUT) CN5 (IN)

4 Tr4 T/C oil temp. V (212) 4 Di23(+) Rear steering BrW (53)
warning 5 Di24(+) Reverse steering PB (57)
8 Tr8 Spare output 8 Di27(+) Spare intput(+)
11 Tr9 Two-wheel steering RW (73) 11 Di30(+) Headlamp A BrR (36)
12 Tr10 Four-wheel steering LG (74) 12 Di31(+) Headlamp B BrY (37)
13 Tr11 Crab steering GL (75) 13 Di32(+) Clearance lamp Br (35)
14 Tr12 Rear Steening G (76) 14 GND GND B (0)
15 Tr13 Reverse Steening RB (177) CN6
1 TXD LR (800)
2 RXD LW (801)
detection
3 BOOT LG (802)
19 GND GND B (0)
4 GND LB (803)
20 GND GND B (0)
5 GND Br (804)
CN4 (IN)
6 GND Br (804)
transmission CN7
3 Di2(+) 1st RY (31) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4 Di3(+) 2nd RB (32) 1 SPOW 12V IN WY (915)
5 Di4(+) Spare input (+) 2 Pi1 Tachometer sensor P (907)
6 Di5(+) D RW (33) input
7 Di6(+) N RL (30) 3 Po1 Tachometer sensor LgW(908)
8 Di7(+) R R (40) output
9 Di8(+) ALL Sb (72) 4 Pi2 Main speed input WL (911)
10 Di9(+) FL PB (45) 5 Po2 Main speed output LgY (912)
11 Di10(+) FR WY (44) 6 Po3 Unusable
12 Di11(+) RL WR (42) 7 CHK MDT system check YW (4)
13 Di12(+) RR W (41) input
14 Di13(+) Ext. WB (43) 8 Ao1 Unusable
15 Di14(+) Ret. Y (62) (fuel gauge output)
16 Di15(+) Jack WL (46) 9 GND GND B (0)
17 Di16(+) Slider GY (60) 10 GND GND B (0)
106 W303-0257E

No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) CN10 (IN)
1 AVCC 5V (for air pressure) R (227) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
2 AVCC 5V (for accelerator 1) R (610) 1 Di49(-) Over-front detection BW (333)
3 AVCC 5V (for accelerator 2) R (620) 2 Di50(-) Washer operation YG (176)
(front)
4 AVCC 5V (for Idle volume) R (632)
3 Di51(-) Hydraulic oil temp. YG (298)
5 AGND GND (for air pressure) B (229) 50°C (122°F)
6 AGND GND (for accelerator 1) R (610) 4 Di52(-) C/W mounting/ BrR (294)
7 AGND GND (for accelerator 2) R (620) dismounting
8 AGND GND (for Ldle volume) R (632) 5 Di53(-) Spare input(-)
10 Ai2 Accelerator sensor 1 W (611) 7 Di55(-) Spare input(-)
input 8 Di56(-) Wiper intermittent YL (194)
11 Ai3 Accelerator sensor 2 W (621) operation (front)
input 9 Di57(-) Over-rear detection LgR (165)
12 Ai4 Idle volume input W (633) 10 Di58(-) Spare input(-)
13 SLD GND (for shield) Shield 11 Di59(-) Hydraulic oil temp. Y (296)
85°C (185°F)
15 SLD GND (for shield) 13 Di61(-) Unusable (maximum
16 SLD GND (for shield) engine speed shift for
17 AVCC 5V (for spare) low noise operation)
18 AVCC 5V (for spare) 14 Di62(-) Unusable
19 AVCC 5V (for spare) (accelerator stroke shift)
20 AVCC 5V (for spare)
16 Di64(-) Wiper intermittent LY (173)
operation (roof)
22 AGND GND (for spare) 17 Di33(+) Exhaust brake Y (52)
23 AGND GND (for spare) 18 Di34(+) Spare input (-)
24 AGND GND (for spare) 19 Di35(+) Working lamp YG (167)
25 Ai5 Spare analog input 20 Di36(+) PTO G (22)
26 Ai6 Spare analog input 21 Di37(+) Parking brake WG (19)
28 Ai8 Spare analog input 23 Di39(+) Unusable (low
noise operation)
CN9
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 25 Di41(+) Spare input(+)
3 Tr19 Front wipper YG (193) 28 GND GND B (0)
operation output 29 GND GND B (0)
4 Tr20 Roof wopper V (187) 30 GND GND B (0)
operation
5 Tr21 Spare output
6 Tr22 Spare output
33 Di45(+) Vehicle speed LG (574)
7 Tr23 Spare output restriction
9 Po4 Air pressure Y (143) 35 Di47(+) Spare input(+)
10 Po5 T/C pressure YB (24) 36 Di48(+) Spare input(+)
11 Tr25 Unusable
(MDT CPU output)
107 W303-0257E
Input/output signal lists

CN1
CN7 36 26 detection
(.070MKI) 35 25
34 24
18 8 33 23 2 Di2(-) Engine oil BR (85)
17 7 32 22
15 5 30 20
28 18
13
12 4
16 8
11
10
3
2
14 6
9 1 13
12
5
4
11
10
3
2
CN8 9 1 detection
(.070MKI)
12 5 (.070MKI)
11 4
6
10
9 5
4
8 3
7 2 3
2
10 Di10(-) Steening G (161)
6 1
1 low-pressure
CN3 11 Di11(-) High/Low detection GL (71)
CN9 (.040MKII)
12 Di12(-) T/C oil temp. LR (575)
(.070MKI) 12 6
20 9
11 5 detection
10 4
19 8 9 3 13 Di13(-) DIAG lamp 1 BrR (637)
18 7 8 2
17 6 7 1 14 Di14(-) DIAG lamp 2 Br (638)
16 5
15 CN4 15 GND GND B (0)
14 (.040MKI)
13 4 16 GND GND B (0)
16 8
12
11
3
2
14 6
10 1 13
12
5
4
11 3
10 2 19 Di17(-) Glow lamp L (683)
9 1
CN10 20 Di18(-) Water separator BG (684)
(.070MKI) CN5
13 5
12 4
8
7
4
3
11 6 2
10 5 1 23 Di21(-) Spare input(-)
9
8
3
2 CN6 24 Di22(-) Spare input(-)
36 26
CN11 35 25 26 Di24(-) Spare input(-)
34 24
(.070MKI) 33 23 27 Di25(+) Engine start LG (21)
32 22
18 8 31 21
17 7 30 20 28 Di26(+) Outrigger switch YB (236)
16 6 29 19
15 5 28 18 neutral
14 27 17
13 16 8 29 Di27(+) Outrigger RL (249)
15 7
12
11
4
3
14
13
6
5
accelerator
10 2
9 1
12
11
4
10 2
Relay board CPU board 33 Di31(+) Spare input(+)
IW303-0251E16
35 GND GND B (0)
[NOTICE] 36 GND GND B (0)
CN2 (power supply)
108 W303-0257E

6 GND GND B (0) CN6
CN3 No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
input 5 AVCC 5V (for spare 5)
11 Tr4 Spare output
12 GND GND B (0)
CN4 (IN) 17 AVCC 5V R
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) (for O/R length FL)
2 Pi3(-) Sub-speed input(-) B (129) (for O/R length FR)
(for O/R length RL)
input(+)
4 Pi4(-) Tachometer input(-) B (204) 20 AVCC 5V R
(for O/R length RR)
5 Pi1 Unusable
21 AVCC 5V R (220)
6 Po1 Tachometer output P (907)
(for T/C pressure)
7 Pi2 Main speed input WG (913)
22 AGND GND B
8 Po2 Main speed output WL (911) (for O/R length FL)
9 SPOW 12V (for main speed) WR (914) 23 AGND GND B
10 GND GND (for O/R length FR)
11 Po3 Unusable 24 AGND GND B
12 Ao1 Accelerator sensor 1 YR (616) (for O/R length RL)
output 25 AGND GND B
13 Ao2 Accelerator sensor 2 YL (623) (for O/R length RR)
output 26 AGND GND B (222)
14 Ao3 Idle volume output YG (625) (for T/C pressure)
15 Ai11 Unusable 27 Ai1 O/R length FL input W
(fuel sender input) 28 Ai2 O/R length FR input W
16 GND GND B (0) 29 Ai3 O/R length RL input W
30 Ai4 O/R length RR input W
CN5
31 Ai5 T/C pressure input W (221)
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 32 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
5 GND Br (804)
109 W303-0257E
CN7 CN9
1 RPOW15 Output power sourse GW (93) 1 RPOW8 Output power sourse Lg (644)
[CN7(10-13)] [CN9(4-6)]
[CN7(14-17)] [CN9(7-9,14,15)]
4 RY43 F1 RY (31) 4 RY25 Map shift 1 Lg (660)
5 RY44 F2 RB (32) 5 RY26 Unusable (map
6 RY45 F3 RW (33) shift 2)
7 RY46 Spare output 6 RY27 Unusable (map
8 RY47 Spare output shift 3)
10 RY49 Headlamp B BrY (37) 8 RY29 Spare output
11 RY50 Suspension lock RY (566) 9 RY30 Spare output
12 RY51 Suspension free LG (567) 10 GND GND B (0)
14 RY53 Steering mode 1 LR (48) 12 GND GND B (0)
15 RY54 Steering mode 2 LB (47) 13 GND GND B (0)
16 RY55 Steering mode 3 PB (57) 14 RY31 Spare output
17 RY56 Steering mode 4 Brw (53) 15 RY32 Spare output
CN8 18 RY35 Spare output
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 19 RY36 Spare output
1 RPOW10 Output power sourse 20 GND GND B (0)
[CN9(16-19)]
CN10
[CN8(7-8)] No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
3 RPOW12 Output power sourse 1 RPOW6 Output power sourse RL (95)
[CN8(9-10)] [CN10(7-10)]
4 RPOW13 Output power sourse GY (88) 2 RPOW5 Output power sourse
[CN8(11),CN7(3)] [CN11(17),CN10(4-6)]
5 RPOW14 Output power sourse GB (89) 3 RPOW7 Output power sourse Gy (79)
[CN7(4-9)] [CN10(10-13),CN9(3)]
11 RY41 Transmission N RL (680) 8 RY18 High/Low select YB (51)
10 RY20 Hour meter RB (570)
11 RY21 Exhaust brake Y (52)
14 GND GND B (0)
110 W303-0257E
CN11
[CN11(9-12)]
[CN11(13-16)]
[CN11(5-6)]
[CN11(7-8)]
5 RY1 FL PB (45)
6 RY2 FR WY (44)
7 RY3 RL WR (42)
8 RY4 RR W (41)
9 RY5 Ext. WB (43)
10 RY6 Ret. Y (62)
unit operation
output
13 RY9 Spare output
18 GND GND B (0)
111 W303-0257E
5. TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1 CN1 (power supply)

CN6
(.070MKI) 1 5 4 GND GND B (01)
2 6
6
5
3 7 5 GND GND B (01)
4 8
4 6 GND GND B (01)
3 CN7
2
1
(.040IIMKII) CN2
1 6
3 8
5 10
12
11
6
5
serial output
CN8
10 4
9 3
7 1 2 10
3 11 3 TXD2(+) AML serial R (198)
4 12
CN3 5 13 output(+)
(.040MKII) 6 14
7 15 4 TXD2(-) AML serial G (199)
20 10
19 9
8
17
16
23
output(-)
18 8
17 7
18
19
24
25
16 6
15 5
20
21
26
27
14
13
4
3
11 1 (.070MKI)
8 GND GND B (192)
1 6
CN4 2 7 9 GND GND B (02)
(.070MKI) 3 8
9
10 Pi3 Unusable
20 9
19 8
4
10
11
11 Pi4 Unusable
18 7
17 6 5 12 12 DPOW Unusable
16 5
15 CN10
14 (.040IIMKII)
13 4 1 9
12 3 2 10
11 2 3 11
10 1 4 12
5 13
6 14
CN5 7 15
(.070MKI) 8 16
17 27
14 6 18 28
13 5 19 29
12 4 20 30
11 21 31
10 22 32
23 33
9 3 24 34
8 2 25 35
7 1 26 36
IW303-0251E15
[NOTICE]
112 W303-0257E
CN3 (OUT) CN5 (IN)

5 Tr5 Spare output 5 Di24(+) Reverse steering PB (57)
11 Tr9 2-wheel steering RW (73) 10 Di29(+) Spare input(+)
12 Tr10 4-wheel steering LG (74) 11 Di30(+) Headlamp A BrR (36)
14 Tr12 Spare output 13 Di32(+) Clearance lamp Br (35)
15 Tr13 Reverse steering RB (177) 14 GND GND B (04)
16 Tr14 Unusable CN6
17 Tr15 Spring lock state WL (309) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
detection
1 TXD LR (800)
2 RXD LW (801)
detection
3 BOOT LG (802)
19 GND GND B (03)
4 GND LB (803)
20 GND GND B (03)
5 GND Br (804)
CN4 (IN)
6 GND Br (804)
1 GND GND B (04) 8 GND Br (804)
2 Di1(+) Emergency YG (20) CN7
transmission
3 Di2(+) 1st RY (31) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4 Di3(+) 2nd RB (32) 1 SPOW 12V IN WY (915)

5 Di4(+) 3rd RW (33) 2 Pi1 Tachometer sensor P (907)
input
6 Di5(+) D O (34)
7 Di6(+) N RL (30)
output
8 Di7(+) R R (40)
9 Di8(+) ALL Sb (72)
10 Di9(+) FL PB (45)
6 Po3 Unusable
11 Di10(+) FR WY (44)
12 Di11(+) RL WR (42)
input
13 Di12(+) RR W (41)
8 Ao1 Unusable
14 Di13(+) Ext. WB (43) (fuel gauge output)
15 Di14(+) Ret. Y (62) 9 GND GND B (05)
113 W303-0257E

output YG (193)
1 AVCC 5V (for air pressure) R (227) output V (187)
2 AVCC 5V (for accelerator 1) R (610) CN10 (IN)
3 AVCC 5V (for spare) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4 AVCC 5V (for spare) 1 Di49(-) Over-front detection BW (333)
5 AGND GND (for air pressure) B (229) 2 Di50(-) Spare input(-)
6 AGND GND B (612) 3 Di51(-) (*3) Spare input(-)
(for accelerator 1) 4 Di52(-) Spare input(-)
7 AGND GND (for spare) 5 Di53(-) Spare input(-)
8 Di56(-) Over-rear detection LgR (165)
10 Ai2 accelerator sensor 1 W (611)
input
11 Ai3 accelerator sensor 2 Y (621)
input
12 Ai4 Spare analog input
13 Di61(-) Unusable
14 Di62(-) Unusable
14 SLD GND (for shield) 15 Di63(-) (*4) Spare input(-)
15 SLD GND (for shield) 16 Di64(-) (*5) Spare input(-)
16 SLD GND (for shield) 17 Di33(+) Exhaust brake Y (52)
17 AVCC 5V (for spare) 18 Di34(+) Spare input(-)
18 AVCC 5V (for spare) 19 Di35(+) Working lamp YG (167)
19 AVCC 5V (for spare) 20 Di36(+) PTO G (22)
20 AVCC 5V (for spare) 21 Di37(+) Parking brake WG (19)
21 AGND GND (for spare) 22 Di38(+) Spare input(+)
23 Di39(+) Unusable
25 Ai5 Spare analog input 27 GND GND B (06)
CN9 31 Di43(+) Spare input(+)
33 Di45(+) Vehicle speed LG (574)
1 Tr17 Spare output
restriction
2 Tr18 Spare output
3 Tr19 (*1) Spare output
35 Di47(+) Idle up R (632)
4 Tr20 (*2) Spare output
36 Di48(+) Idle down W (633)
5 Tr21 Unusable
(*3) : From 560786, change to washer operation
6 Tr22 Unusable (front) YB (176)
7 Tr23 Unusable (*4) : From 560786, change to wiper intermittent
8 Tr24 Unusable operation (front) YL (194)
9 Po4 Air pressure Y (143) (*5) : From 560786, change to wiper intermittent
10 Po5 T/C pressure YB (24) operation (roof) LY (173)
11 Tr25 Unusable
(MDT CPU output)
12 GND GND B (05)
114 W303-0257E

CN1
CN7 36 26 detection
(.070MKI) 35 25
34 24
18 8 33 23 2 Di2(-) Engine oil BR (85)
17 7 32 22
15 5 30 20
28 18
13
12 4
16 8
11
10
3
2
15 7 4 Di4(-) Steering low-pressure G (161)
14 6
9 1 13
12
5
4
11
10
3
2
CN8 9 1 detection
(.070MKI)
12 5 (.070MKI)
11 4
6
10
9 5
4
8 3
7 2 3
2
10 Di10(-) Hydraulic oil temp. BG (241)
6 1
1 50°C (122°F)
CN3 11 Di11(-) Hydraulic oil temp. BY (243)
CN9 (.040MKII)
(.070MKI)
85°C (185°F)
12 6
20 9
10 4
19
18
8
7
9 3 13 Di13(-) DIAG lamp 1 BrR (637)
8 2
17 6 7 1 14 Di14(-) DIAG lamp 2 Br (638)
16 5
15 CN4 15 GND GND B (01)
14 (.040MKI)
13 4 16 GND GND B (01)
12 3 16 8
11 2
15
14
7
6
10 1 13 5
11 3
10
9
2
1
19 Di17(-) WTS lamp LO (683)
CN10 20 Di18(-) WIF lamp BG (684)
(.070MKI) CN5
13 5 8 4
12 4 7 3 22 Di20(-) Spare input(-)
11 6 2
10 5 1 23 Di21(-) Spare input(-)
9 3
7 1 (.040MKII)
36 26
CN11 35
34
25
24
(.070MKI) 33 23
32 22 27 Di25(+) Engine start LG (21)
18 8 31 21
17 7 30 20 28 Di26(+) Outrigger switch YB (236)
16 6 29 19
15 5 28
27
18
17
neutral
14
13 16
15
8
7
29 Di27(+) (*1) Spare input(+)
12 4 14 6
11 3 13 5 30 Di28(+) Spare input(+)
10 2 12 4
9 1 11 3 31 Di29(+) Spare input(+)
10 2
IW303-0251E16
35 GND GND B (01)
36 GND GND B (01)
[NOTICE] (*1) : From 560723, change to Outrigger accelerator
Inside the parentheses in the connector RL(249)
arrangement are AMP connector type. CN2 (power supply)
115 W303-0257E

4 GND GND B (02) 8 GND Br (804)
5 GND GND B (02) CN6
6 GND GND B (02)
1 TXD1 Upper/lower unit output LY (5) 3 AVCC 5V (for spare 3)
2 RXD1 Upper/lower unit input WR (3) 4 AVCC 5V (for spare 4)
3 TXD2 Spare serial output 5 AVCC 5V (for spare 5)
6 CHK MDT system check input YW (4) 8 AGND GND (for spare 3)
7 Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp BG (86) 9 AGND GND (for spare 4)
8 Tr1 PTO limiter YR (245) 10 AGND GND (for spare 5)
9 Tr2 Clearance lamp Br (35) 11 Ai6 Spare analog input 1
10 Tr3 Steering power supply GB (247) 12 Ai7 Spare analog input 2
11 Tr4 Spare output 13 Ai8 Spare analog input 3
12 GND GND B (03) 14 Ai9 Spare analog input 4
CN4 (IN) 15 Ai10 Spare analog input 5
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 16 SLD GND (for shield)
2 Pi3(-) Sub-speed input(-) B (129) (for O/R length FL)
3 Pi4(+) Unusable 18 AVCC 5V R
{Tachometer (for O/R length FR)
input(+)} 19 AVCC 5V R
4 Pi4(-) Unusable (for O/R length RL)
{Tachometer 20 AVCC 5V R
input(-)} (for O/R length RR)
5 Pi1 Tachometer input W (203) 21 AVCC 5V R (220)
(ECU) (for T/C pressure)
6 Po1 Tachometer output P (907) 22 AGND GND B
7 Pi2 Main speed input WG (913) (for O/R length FL)
9 SPOW 12V (for main speed) WR (914) (for O/R length FR)
10 GND GND B (617) 24 AGND GND B
11 Po3 1/1 main speed WB (910) (for O/R length RL)
12 Ao1 Accelerator sensor output YR (616) 25 AGND GND B
(for O/R length RR)
13 Ao2 Spare analog output
26 AGND GND B (222)
14 Ao3 Spare analog output
(for T/C pressure)
15 Ai11 Unusable
27 Ai1 O/R length FL input W
(fuel sender input)
28 Ai2 O/R length FR input W
16 GND GND B (04)
6 GND Br (804)
116 W303-0257E
CN7 CN9
1 RPOW15 Output power sourse GW (93) 1 RPOW8 Output power sourse RB (647)
[CN7(10-13)] 8 [CN9(4-6)]
2 RPOW16 Output power sourse GL (248) 2 RPOW9 Output power sourse RG (84)
[CN7(14-17)] 9 [CN9(7-9,14,15)]
4 RY43 F1 RY (31) 4 RY25 Exhaust brake BW (655)
5 RY44 F2 RB (32) 5 RY26 Idle up R (632)
6 RY45 F3 RW (33) 6 RY27 Idle down W (633)
7 RY46 High O (34) 7 RY28 Spare output
8 RY47 Low RL (30) 8 RY29 Spare output
11 RY50 Pilot check lock Lg (39) 11 GND GND B (06)
13 RY52 Spring lock RB (505) 13 GND GND B (06)
pressure source 14 RY31 Spare output
17 RY56 Reverse steering PB (57) 18 RY35 Spare output
20 GND GND B (06)
CN8
1 RPOW10 Output power sourse YW (126) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
10 [CN9(16-19)] 1 RPOW6 Output power sourse RL (95)
2 RPOW11 Output power sourse RL (95) 6 [CN10(7-10)]
11 [CN8(7-8)] 2 RPOW5 Output power sourse RG (84)
3 RPOW12 Output power sourse RL (95) 5
12 [CN8(9-10)] [CN11(17),CN10(4-6)]
4 RPOW13 Output power sourse GY (88) 3 RPOW7 Output power sourse Gy (79)
13 [CN8(11),CN7(3)] 7
5 RPOW14 Output power sourse GB (89) [CN10(10-13),CN9(3)]
14 [CN7(4-9)] 4 RY14 Spare output
11 RY41 Unusable 9 RY19 Spare output
12 GND GND B (069) 10 RY20 Pilot check release LgR (38)
11 RY21 Unusable
14 GND GND B (07)
117 W303-0257E
CN11
3 [CN11(9-12)]
2 RPOW4 Output power sourse YW (126)
4 [CN11(13-16)]
1 [CN11(5-6)]
2 [CN11(7-8)]
5 RY1 FL PB (45)
6 RY2 FR WY (44)
7 RY3 RL WR (42)
8 RY4 RR W (41)
9 RY5 Ext. WB (43)
10 RY6 Ret. Y (62)
unit operation
output
13 RY9 Hour meter RL (571)
14 RY10 (*2) Unusable
16 RY12 1 to 1 spare circuit Br (579)
17 RY13 1 to 1 spare circuit (*3) L (578)
18 GND GND B (068)
(*2) : From 560723, change to Outrigger accelerator
L (237)
(*3) : From 560723, change to LW (578)
118 W303-0257E
6. TR-150XL-4 CN1 (power supply)

CN6
(.070MKI) 1 5 4 GND GND B (01)
2 6
6
5
3 7 5 GND GND B (01)
4 8
4 6 GND GND B (01)
3 CN7
2
1
(.040IIMKII) CN2
1 6
3 8
5 10
12
11
6
5
serial output
CN8
10 4
9 3
7 1 2 10
3 11 3 TXD2(+) AML serial R (198)
4 12
CN3 5 13 output(+)
(.040MKII) 6 14
7 15 4 TXD2(-) AML serial G (199)
20 10
19 9
8
17
16
23
output(-)
18 8
17 7
18
19
24
25
16 6
15 5
20
21
26
27
14
13
4
3
11 1 (.070MKI)
8 GND GND B (192)
1 6
CN4 2 7 9 GND GND B (02)
(.070MKI) 3 8
9
10 Pi3 Drum indicator GO (331)
20 9
19 8 10 input (S)
18 7 4 11
17 6 5 12 11 Pi4 Drum indicator GB (330)
16
15
5
CN10 input (M)
14 (.040IIMKII) 12 DPOW Drum power WY (915)
13 4 1 9
12 3 2 10 supply (12V, 24V)
11 2 3 11
10 1 4 12
5 13
6 14
CN5 7 15
(.070MKI) 8 16
17 27
14 6 18 28
13 5 19 29
12 4 20 30
11 21 31
10 22 32
23 33
9 3 24 34
8 2 25 35
7 1 26 36
IW303-0251E15
[NOTICE]
119 W303-0257E
CN3 (OUT) CN5 (IN)

4 Tr4 Horn Sb (178) 4 Di23(+) Rear steering BrW (53)
5 Tr5 Spare output 5 Di24(+) Unusable
6 Tr6 Spare output (reverse steering)
9 GND GND B (03) drive shift
11 Tr9 2-wheel steering RW (73) 9 Di28(+) Rear steering lock Gy (56)
12 Tr10 4-wheel steering LG (74) 10 Di29(+) Rear steering lock LgB (59)
13 Tr11 Crab steering GL (75) release
14 Tr12 Rear steering G (76) 11 Di30(+) Headlamp A BrR (36)
15 Tr13 Unusable 12 Di31(+) Headlamp B BrY (37)
(reverse steering) 13 Di32(+) Clearance lamp Br (35)
16 Tr14 Outrigger and WB (235) 14 GND GND B (04)
spring lock states CN6
detection
17 Tr15 Spring lock state WL (309)
1 TXD LR (800)
detection
2 RXD LW (801)
detection 3 BOOT LG (802)
19 GND GND B (03) 4 GND LB (803)
20 GND GND B (03) 5 GND Br (804)
6 GND Br (804)
CN4 (IN)
7 GND Br (804)
1 GND GND B (04)
CN7
transmission No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
3 Di2(+) 1st RY (31) 1 SPOW 12V IN WY (915)
4 Di3(+) 2nd RB (32) 2 Pi1 Tachometer sensor P (907)
5 Di4(+) Spare input (+) input
6 Di5(+) D RW (33) 3 Po1 Tachometer sensor LgW(908)
output
7 Di6(+) N RL (30)
8 Di7(+) R R (40)
9 Di8(+) ALL Sb (72)
6 Po3 Unusable
10 Di9(+) FL PB (45)
(tachograph output)
11 Di10(+) FR WY (44)
12 Di11(+) RL WR (42)
input
13 Di12(+) RR W (41)
8 Ao1 Unusable
14 Di13(+) Ext. WB (43) (fuel gauge output)
15 Di14(+) Ret. Y (62) 9 GND GND B (05)
120 W303-0257E
CN8 10 Po5 T/C pressure YB (24)

11 Tr25 Unusable
(MDT CPU output)
1 AVCC 5V (for air pressure) R (227) 12 GND GND B (05)
2 AVCC 5V (for accelerator 1) R (610)
CN10 (IN)
3 AVCC Unusable (5V (for
accelrator 2)) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4 AVCC 5V (for spare) 1 Di49(-) Over-front detection BW (333)

5 AGND GND (for air pressure) B (229)
6 AGND GND B (612)
(for accelerator 1)
7 AGND Unusable (GND
(for accelrator 2))
7 Di55(-) Drum indicator M/S L (420)
8 AGND GND (for spare) select
10 Ai2 accelerator sensor 1 W (611) 9 Di57(-) Unusable
input (over-rear detection)
11 Ai3 accelerator sensor 2 Y (621) 10 Di58(-) Spare input(-)
input 11 Di59(-) Spare input(-)
12 Ai4 Spare analog input 12 Di60(-) Spare input(-)
13 SLD GND (for shield) B (shield) 13 Di61(-) Unusable (maximum
14 SLD GND (for shield) B (shield) engine speed shift for
low noise operation)
15 SLD Unusable (GND
(for shield)) 14 Di62(-) Unusable
(accelerator stroke shift)
16 SLD Unusable (GND
(for shield)) 15 Di63(-) Spare input(-)
18 Di34(+) Spare input(-)
19 Di35(+) Working lamp YG (167)
20 AVCC 5V (for spare) 20 Di36(+) PTO G (22)
21 AGND GND (for spare) 21 Di37(+) Parking brake WG (19)
22 AGND GND (for spare) 22 Di38(+) Spare input(+)
23 AGND GND (for spare) 23 Di39(+) Unusable (low
24 AGND GND (for spare) noise operation)
26 Ai6 Spare analog input 25 Di41(+) Oil cooler GW (28)
26 Di42(+) Horn LY (130)
27 GND GND B (06)
28 GND GND B (06)
1 Tr17 Drum indicator SOL. (S) YO (451) 31 Di43(+) Spare input(+)
2 Tr18 Drum indicator SOL. (M) O (441) 32 Di44(+) Spare input(+)
5 Tr21 Drum indicator (LED1) LW (421) 35 Di47(+) Idle up R (632)
6 Tr22 Drum indicator (LED2) LB (422) 36 Di48(+) Idle down W (633)
7 Tr23 Drum indicator (LED3) LY (423)
8 Tr24 Drum indicator (LED4) LG (424)
9 Po4 Air pressure Y (143)
121 W303-0257E

CN1
CN7 36 26 detection
(.070MKI) 35 25
34 24
18 8 33 23 2 Di2(-) Engine oil BR (85)
17 7 32 22
15 5 30 20
28 18
13
12 4
16 8
11
10
3
2
15 7 4 Di4(-) Lock pin OUT detection YG (80)
14 6
9 1 13
12
5
4
5 Di5(-) Lock pin IN detection YW (81)
11
10
3
2
CN8 9 1 detection
(.070MKI)
12 5 (.070MKI)
11 4
6
10
9 5
4
8 3
7 2 3
2
10 Di10(-) Hydraulic oil temp. BG (241)
6 1
1 50°C (122°F)
CN3 11 Di11(-) Hydraulic oil temp. BY (243)
CN9 (.040MKII)
(.070MKI)
85°C (185°F)
12 6
20 9
10 4
19
18
8
7
9 3 13 Di13(-) DIAG lamp 1 BrR (637)
8 2
17 6 7 1 14 Di14(-) DIAG lamp 2 Br (638)
16 5
15 CN4 15 GND GND B (028)
14 (.040MKI)
13 4 16 GND GND B (028)
12 3 16 8
11 2
15
14
7
6
10 1 13 5
11 3
10
9
2
1
19 Di17(-) WTS lamp LO (683)
CN10 20 Di18(-) WIF lamp BG (684)
(.070MKI) CN5
14 6 (.040MKII) 21 Di19(-) Steering pump low G (161)
13 5 8 4
12 4 7 3 pressure
11 6 2
10 5 1 22 Di20(-) Spare input(-)
9 3
36 26
CN11 35 25 25 Di23(-) Spare input(-)
34 24
(.070MKI) 33 23 26 Di24(-) Spare input(-)
32 22
18 8 31 21
17 7 30 20 27 Di25(+) Engine start LG (21)
16 6 29 19
15 5 28
27
18
17
28 Di26(+) Unusable (outrigger
14
13 16 8 switch neutral)
12 4 15 7
11 3
14
13
6
5 29 Di27(+) Unusable (outrigger
10 2
9 1
12
11
4
3 accelerator)
10 2
Relay board CPU board 32 Di30(+) Spare input(+)
IW303-0251E16
[NOTICE] 35 GND GND B (028)
36 GND GND B (028)
122 W303-0257E
CN2 (power supply) 6 GND Br (804)

7 GND Br (804)
8 GND Br (804)
2 MPOW 24V power supply W (105) CN6
3 MPOW 24V power supply W (105) No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.)
4 GND GND B (025) 1 AVCC 5V (for spare 1)
1 TXD1 Upper/lower unit output LY (5)
2 RXD1 Upper/lower unit input WR (3)
3 TXD2 Spare serial output
4 RXD2 Spare serial input
5 GND GND B (027)
6 CHK MDT system check input YW (4)
8 Tr1 PTO limiter YR (245) 13 Ai8 Spare analog input 3
9 Tr2 Clearance lamp Br (35) 14 Ai9 Spare analog input 4
10 Tr3 Steering power supply GB (247) 15 Ai10 Spare analog input 5
11 Tr4 Oil cooler GW (28) 16 SLD GND (for shield)
12 GND GND B (027) 17 AVCC 5V (for O/R length FL) R
CN4 (IN) 18 AVCC 5V (for O/R length FR) R
19 AVCC 5V (for O/R length RL) R
20 AVCC 5V (for O/R length RR) R
1 Pi3(+) Sub-speed input(+) W (135)
21 AVCC 5V (for T/C pressure) R (220)
2 Pi3(-) Sub-speed input(-) B (129)
22 AGND GND B
3 Pi4(+) Unusable
(for O/R length FL)
(tachometer input(+))
23 AGND GND B
4 Pi4(-) Unusable
(for O/R length FR)
(tachometer input(-))
24 AGND GND B
5 Pi1 Tachometer input (ECU) W (203)
(for O/R length RL)
6 Po1 Tachometer output P (907)
25 AGND GND B
7 Pi2 Main speed input WG (913) (for O/R length RR)
8 Po2 Main speed output WL (911) 26 AGND GND B (222)
9 SPOW 12V (for main speed) WR (914) (for T/C pressure)
10 GND GND B (617) 27 Ai1 O/R length FL input W
11 Po3 1/1 main speed WB (910) 28 Ai2 O/R length FR input W
12 Ao1 Accelerator sensor output YR (616) 29 Ai3 O/R length RL input W
13 Ao2 Spare analog output 30 Ai4 O/R length RR input W
14 Ao3 Spare analog output 31 Ai5 T/C pressure input W (221)
15 Ai11 Unusable 32 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
(fuel sender input) 33 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
16 GND GND B (026) 34 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
CN5 35 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
No. Signal Signal name Wire color (No.) 36 SLD GND (for shield) Shield
1 TXD LR (800)
2 RXD LW (801)
3 BOOT LG (802)
4 GND LB (803)
5 GND Br (804)
123 W303-0257E
CN7 CN9
1 RPOW15 Output power sourse GW (93) 1 RPOW8 Output power sourse RB (647)
[CN7(10-13)] 8 [CN9(4-6)]
2 RPOW16 Output power sourse GL (248) 2 RPOW9 Output power sourse RG (84)
[CN7(14-17)] 9 [CN9(7-9,14,15)]
3 RY42 Lock up LgY (58) 3 RY24 Rear steering lock Gy (56)
4 RY43 Transmission A RB (32) 4 RY25 Exhaust brake BW (655)
5 RY44 Transmission B RW (33) 5 RY26 Idle up R (632)
6 RY45 Transmission C R (40) 6 RY27 Idle down W (633)
7 RY46 Transmission D RY (31) 7 RY28 Spare output
11 RY50 Spring lock check LgR (38) 11 GND GND B (022)
13 RY52 Spring lock Lg (39) 14 RY31 Spare output
16 RY55 Rear steering BrW (53) 17 RY34 Spare output
17 RY56 Unusable 18 RY35 Spare output
(reverse steering) 19 RY36 Spare output
18 GND GND B (024) 20 GND GND B (022)
CN8 CN10
1 RPOW10 Output power sourse YW (126) 1 RPOW6 Output power sourse RL (95)
10 [CN9(16-19)] 6 [CN10(7-10)]
2 RPOW11 Output power sourse RL (95) 2 RPOW5 Output power sourse RG (84)
11 [CN8(7-8)] 5
3 RPOW12 Output power sourse RL (95) [CN11(17),CN10(4-6)]
12 [CN8(9-10)] 3 RPOW7 Output power sourse Gy (79)
4 RPOW13 Output power sourse GY (88) 7
13 [CN8(11),CN7(3)] [CN10(10-13),CN9(3)]
14 [CN7(4-9)] 5 RY15 Spare output
6 GND GND B (023)
6 RY16 Spare output
7 RY37 Spare output
7 RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel YL (50)
11 RY41 Unusable 10 RY20 Spring lock release LgB (509)
(transmission N) 11 RY21 Unusable
12 GND GND B (023) (map shift)
14 GND GND B (021)
124 W303-0257E
CN11
3 [CN11(9-12)]
2 RPOW4 Output power sourse YW (126)
4 [CN11(13-16)]
1 [CN11(5-6)]
2 [CN11(7-8)]
5 RY1 FL PB (45)
6 RY2 FR WY (44)
7 RY3 RL WR (42)
8 RY4 RR W (41)
9 RY5 Ext. WB (43)
10 RY6 Ret. Y (62)
12 RY8 Unusable (outrigger
upper unit operation
output)
13 RY9 Hour meter RL (571)
14 RY10 Unusable (outrigger
accelerator)
16 RY12 1 to 1 spare circuit Br (579)
17 RY13 1 to 1 spare circuit LW (578)
18 GND GND B (020)
125 W303-0257E
Input/output signal lists Signal Signal name Signal detail

Di10(+) FR 0[L(0V)]:
Di signal Front right O/R control OFF
1[H(24V)]:
Di(+) or Di(-) means a digital input signal in the
Front right O/R control ON
following conditions. Di11(+) RL 0[L(0V)]:
Rear left O/R control OFF
Di(+)
1[H(24V)]:
24V MDT Switch Di Measured Rear left O/R control ON
Switch contact signal voltage Di12(+) RR 0[L(0V)]:
contact Rear right O/R control OFF
Open 0 L (0 V) 1[H(24V)]:
Di(+)
Rear right O/R control ON
Closed 1 H (24V) Di13(+) Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R extension OFF
Voltmeter 1[H(24V)]: O/R extension ON
Di14(+) Ret. 0[L(0V)]: O/R retraction OFF
Di(-) MDT 1[H(24V)]: O/R retraction ON

Switch Switch Di Measured Di15(+) Jack 0[L(0V)]: O/R jack OFF
contact contact signal voltage 1[H(24V)]: O/R jack ON
H Di16(+) Slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider OFF
Di(-) Open 0 (Approx.12V) 1[H(24V)]: O/R slider ON
Di17(+) Spare input(+)
Voltmeter Closed 1 L (0 V) Di18(+) Lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock OFF
(spring lock) 1[H(24V)]: Spring lock ON
IW303-0251E52
Di19(+) Free 0[L(0V)]:
1. TR-450XL-4 and TR-500XL-4 (spring lock) Spring lock release OFF
1[H(24V)]:
Spring lock release ON
1.1 Upper I/O signal lists Di20(+) 2-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel steering OFF
Upper unit input steering 1[H(24V)]: 2-wheel steering ON
Signal Signal name Signal detail Di21(+) 4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 4-wheel steering OFF
Di1(+) Emergency 0[L(0V)]: steering 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel steering ON
transmission Emergency transmission OFF Di22(+) Crab steering 0[L(0V)]: Crab steering OFF
1[H(24V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Crab steering ON
Emergency transmission ON Di23(+) Spare input(+)
Di2(+) 1st 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” OFF Di24(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” ON Di25(+) High/low shift 0[L(0V)]: High
Di3(+) 2nd 0[L(0V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” OFF 1[H(24V)]: Low
1[H(24V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” ON Di26(+) 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel drive
Di4(+) 3rd 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “3rd” OFF drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel drive
1[H(24V)]:Gearshift lever “3rd” ON Di27(+) Spare input(+)
Di5(+) D 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “D” OFF Di28(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “D” ON Di29(+) Spare input(+)
Di6(+) N 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “N” OFF Di30(+) Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “N” ON 1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
Di7(+) R 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “R” OFF Di31(+) Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “R” ON 1[H(24V)]: Low beam ON
Di8(+) ALL 0[L(0V)]: All O/R control OFF Di32(+) Clearance lamp 0[L(0V)]: Clearance lamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: All O/R control ON 1[H(24V)]: Clearance lamp ON
Di9(+) FL 0[L(0V)]: Di33(+) Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]:
Front left O/R control OFF Exhaust brake switch OFF
1[H(24V)]: 1[H(24V)]:
Front left O/R control ON Exhaust brake switch ON
126 W303-0257E
Signal Signal name Signal detail Di56(-) Wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]:

Di34(+) Air heater 0[L(0V)]: intermittent Intermittent operation
Air heater operation OFF operation OFF
1[H(24V)]: (front) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation
Air heater operation ON ON
Di35(+) Working lamp 0[L(0V)]: Not lit Di64(-) Wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Lit intermittent Intermittent operation
Di36(+) PTO 0[L(0V)]: PTO OFF operation OFF
1[H(24V)]: PTO ON (roof) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation
Di37(+) Parking brake 0[L(0V)]: Applied ON
1[H(24V)]: Released Upper unit input
Di38(+) Spare input(+) Signal Signal name Signal detail
Di39(+) Spare input(+) Ai1 Air pressure input
Di40(+) Spare input(+) Ai2 Spare analog input
Di47(+) Spare input(+) Pi1 Tachometer sensor input
Di48(+) Spare input(+) Pi2 Main speed input
Di49(-) Over-front 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Not detecting Pi3 Unusable (drum indicator S)
detection 1[L(0V)]: Detecting
Pi4 Unusable (drum indicator M)
(*2) Spare input(-)
Di50(-) Serial signal input from AML
Di51(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Signal Signal name Signal detail
temp. 50°C Temp. 50°C (122°F) Do1 AML 0: AML functioning
(122°F) not detected cancellation 1: AML cancelled
1[L(0V)]: Temp. 50°C(122°F) Do2 Jib lock 0: Jib lock pin removed
detected indicator 1 1: Jib lock pin inserted
Di52(-) Spare input(-) Do3 Spare
Di55(-) Spare input(-) Do6 Response to 0: No O/R retraction detected
(*2) Spare input(-) outrigger retraction 1: O/R retraction detected
Di56(-) operation detection
Di59(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Upper unit output
temp. 85°C Temp. 85°C (185°F)not
Signal Signal name Signal detail
(185°F) detected
Tr1 Alarm buzzer 0[H(24V)]: No sound
1[L(0V)]: Temp. 85°C(185°F)
1[L(0V)]: Sound output
detected
Tr2 High beam lamp 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Di60(-) Spare input(-)
1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Tr3 Glow lamp 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
(*1)Tr4 Spare output
(*2) Spare input(-)
Tr5 Spare output
Di64(-)
Tr6 Spare output
(*2) From 540396, Change it as follow Tr7 Spare output
Di50(-) Washer 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Tr8 Spare output
operation Washer operation OFF Tr9 2-wheel steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
(front) 1[L(0V)]: Washer operation ON 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
127 W303-0257E
Signal Signal name Signal detail Di7 Spare

Tr10 4-wheel steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit Di8 Spare
Serial signal output to combination meter
Tr11 Crub steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Do1 Spare
Tr12 Spare output
Do2 SUS LOCK
Tr13 Spare output
Do3 LOW
Tr14 Spare output
Do4 4WD
Tr15 Spring lock state 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Do5 Spare
detection 1[L(0V)]: Energizing relay
Do6 Rear center
Tr16 Engine revolution 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Do7 Spare
Do8 Exhaust brake
Tr17 Spare output
Do9 Parking brake
Tr18 Spare output
Do10 Lock up
(*2) Spare output
Tr19 Do11 PTO/travel
Do12 Spare
(*2) Spare output
Tr20 Do13 WORK LAMP
Tr21 Spare output Do14 PTO
Tr22 Spare output Do15 Jib lock
Tr23 Spare output Do16 Hydraulic oil temp. 50°C (122°F)
Tr24 Spare output Do17 Spare
Ao1 Unusable (fuel Do18 Spare
gauge output) Do19 Shift 1st
Po4 Air pressure Do20 Shift 2nd 0: not lit
gauge Do21 Shift 3rd 1: lit
Po5 T/C pressure Do22 Shift N
gauge Do23 Shift D
Do24 Shift R
(*1) From 540354, change it as follow Do25 Spare
Do26 Air low-pressure warning
Tr4 T/C oil temp. 0[H(24V)]: No sound
warning Do27 Engine oil low-pressure warning
1[L(0V)]: Sound output Do28 T/C low-pressure warning
(*2) From 540396, change it as follow Do29 Hydraulic oil temp. 85°C (185°F)
Do30 CHG
Tr19 Front wiper 0[H(24V)]:
Do31 Speed warning
operation Front wiper not operated
Do32 Engine overrun warning
output 1[L(0V)]: Front wiper operated
Do33 Low fuel level warning
Tr20 Roof wiper 0[H(24V)]:
Do34 MDT failure
operation Roof wiper not operated
Do35 Outrigger switch neutral position
output 1[L(0V)]: Roof wiper operated
Do36 Spare
Serial signal output to AML Do37 Spare
Signal Signal name Signal detail Do38 AML alarm
ANIN1 Spare Do39 Spare
ANIN2 FL Do40 Spare
ANIN3 FR
ANIN4 RL
ANIN5 RR
Di1 Outrigger retraction 0: No O/R retraction operation
operation detection 1: O/R retraction operation
performed
Di2 Spare
Di3 Spare
Di4 Spare
Di5 Spare
Di6 Spare
128 W303-0257E
1.2. Lower I/O signal lists (*1) From 540354, change it as follow
Lower unit input
Signal Signal name Signal detail Di12(-) T/C oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Di1(-) Brake fluid level 0[H(approx. 12V)]: temp. warning detection OFF
detection Sufficient fluid detection 1[L(0V)]:
1[L(0V)]: Insufficient fluid warning detection ON
Di2(-) Engine oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Lower unit input
low-pressure Normal pressure
Signal
1[L(0V)]: Low pressure Signal Signal name
detail
Di3(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Ai1 FL O/R length detection input
(parking brake) Parking brake released
Ai2 FR O/R length detection input
1[L(0V)]: Parking brake applied
Ai3 RL O/R length detection input
Ai4 RR O/R length detection input
Ai5 T/C pressure input
Di6(-) Straight ahead 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Ai6 Spare analog input
detection Straight wheels not detected
1[L(0V)]: Ai7 Spare analog input
Straight wheels detected Ai8 Spare analog intput
Di7(-) Fuel level 0(approx. 12V): Ai9 Spare analog input
detection Warning detection OFF Ai10 Spare analog input
1[L(0V)]: Ai11 Unusable (fuel sender input)
Warning detection ON Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp input
Di8(-) 4WD detection 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Pi3 Sub-speed input
4WD not detected Lower unit output
1[L(0V)]: 4WD detected Signal Signal name Signal detail
RY1 FL 0[L(0V)]: O/R FL output OFF
Normal pressure
1[H(24V)]: O/R FL output ON
1[L(0V)]: Low pressure
RY2 FR 0[L(0V)]: O/R FR output OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R FR output ON
RY3 RL 0[L(0V)]: O/R RL output OFF
(*1) Spare input(-)
1[H(24V)]: O/R RL output ON
Di12(-)
RY4 RR 0[L(0V)]: O/R RR output OFF
Di13(-) Spare input(-) 1[H(24V)]: O/R RR output ON
Di14(-) Spare input(-) RY5 Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ext. output OFF
Di15(-) Spare input(-) 1[H(24V)]: O/R Ext. output ON
Di16(-) Spare input(-) RY6 Ret. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ret. output OFF
Di17(-) Spare input(-) 1[H(24V)]: O/R Ret. output ON
Di18(-) Spare input(-) RY7 Jack/slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider
Di19(-) Spare input(-) selector 1[H(24V)]: O/R jack
Di20(-) Spare input(-) RY8 Spare output
Di25(+) Engine start 0[L(0V)]: Engine start OFF RY13 Spare output
1[H(24V)]: Engine start ON RY14 Spare output
Di26(+) Spare input(+) RY15 Spare output
Di28(+) Spare input(+) RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel
Di29(+) Spare input(+) drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel
129 W303-0257E
Signal Signal name Signal detail Signal Signal name Signal detail
RY21 Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]: RY49 Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Low beam OFF
Exhaust brake not activated 1(24V): Low beam ON
1[H(24V)]: RY50 Spring lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock released
Exhaust brake activated check release 1[H(24V)]: Spring lock activated
RY22 Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: High beam OFF RY51 Spare output
1[H(24V)]: High beam ON RY52 Spring lock 0[L(0V)]:
RY23 Air heater 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock output OFF
Air heater relay not energized 1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Spring lock output ON
Air heater relay energized RY53 4-wheel 0[L(0V)]:
RY24 Spare output steering 4-wheel steering output OFF
RY25 Spare output 1[H(24V)]:
RY26 Spare output 4-wheel steering output ON
RY27 Spare output RY54 Crab steering 0[L(0V)]:
RY28 Spare output Crab steering output OFF
RY30 Spare output Crab steering output ON
RY31 Spare output RY55 Spare output
RY33 Spare output Tr1 PTO limiter 0[H(24V)]: Closed PTO circuit
RY34 Spare output 1[L(0V)]: Open PTO circuit
RY35 Spare output Tr2 Clearance 0[H(24V)]: Not lit
RY36 Spare output lamp 1[L(0V)]: Lit
RY37 Spare output Tr3 Steering power 0[H(24V)]:
RY38 Spare output supply Steering power supply OFF
RY39 Spare output 1[L(0V)]:
Spare output Steering power supply ON
RY40
Spare output Tr4 Spare output
RY41
MSOL1 Power supply 0: Power to RY41,42 OFF
RY42 Lock up 0[L(0V)]: Lock up OFF
of RY41,42 1: Power to RY41,42 ON
1[H(24V)]: Lock up ON
MSOL2 Power supply 0: Power to RY43-48 OFF
RY43 F1 0[L(0V)]:
of RY43-48 1: Power to RY43-48 ON
Transmission sol. F1 OFF
1[H(24V)]: Lower unit output
Transmission sol. F1 ON Signal Signal name Signal detail
RY44 F2 0[L(0V)]: Ao1 Spare analog output
Transmission sol. F2 OFF Ao2 Spare analog output
1[H(24V)]: Ao3 Spare analog output
Transmission sol. F2 ON
RY45 F3 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
RY46 Hi 0[L(0V)]:
Transmission sol. Hi OFF
1[H(24V)]:
Transmission sol. Hi ON
RY47 Lo 0[L(0V)]:
Transmission sol. Lo OFF
1[H(24V)]:
Transmission sol. Lo ON
RY48 R 0[L(0V)]:
Transmission sol. R OFF
1[H(24V)]:
Transmission sol. R ON
130 W303-0257E
Data table
2. TR-500XL-4 (*) Signal Signal name Signal detail

Di20(+) 2-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel steering OFF
steering 1[H(24V)]: 2-wheel steering ON
2.1 Upper I/O signal lists
Signal Signal name Signal detail Di22(+) Crab steering 0[L(0V)]: Crab steering OFF
Di1(+) Emergency 0[L(0V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Crab steering ON
transmission Emergency transmission OFF Di23(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]: Di24(+) Spare input(+)
Emergency transmission ON Di25(+) High/low shift 0[L(0V)]: High
Di2(+) 1st 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” OFF 1[H(24V)]: Low
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” ON Di26(+) 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel drive
Di3(+) 2nd 0[L(0V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” OFF drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel drive
1[H(24V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” ON Di27(+) Spare input(+)
Di4(+) 3rd 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “3rd” OFF Di28(+) Spare input(+)
Di5(+) D 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “D” OFF Di30(+) Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “D” ON 1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
Di6(+) N 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “N” OFF Di31(+) Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “N” ON 1[H(24V)]: Low beam ON
Di7(+) R 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “R” OFF Di32(+) Clearance lamp 0[L(0V)]: Clearance lamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “R” ON 1[H(24V)]: Clearance lamp ON
Di8(+) ALL 0[L(0V)]: All O/R control OFF Di33(+) Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]: All O/R control ON Exhaust brake switch OFF
Di9(+) FL 0[L(0V)]: 1[H(24V)]:
Front left O/R control OFF Exhaust brake switch ON
1[H(24V)]: Di34(+) Spare input (+)
Front left O/R control ON Di35(+) Working lamp 0[L(0V)]: Not lit
Di10(+) FR 0[L(0V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Lit
Front right O/R control OFF Di36(+) PTO 0[L(0V)]: PTO OFF
1[H(24V)]: 1[H(24V)]: PTO ON
Front right O/R control ON Di37(+) Parking brake 0[L(0V)]: Applied
Di11(+) RL 0[L(0V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Released
Rear left O/R control OFF Di38(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]: Di39(+) Low noise 0[L(0V)]: Low noise operation OFF
Rear left O/R control ON operation 1[H(24V)]: Low noise operation ON
Di12(+) RR 0[L(0V)]: Di40(+) Spare input(+)
Rear right O/R control OFF Di41(+) Spare input(+)
Di13(+) Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R extension OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R extension ON
1[H(24V)]: O/R retraction ON
Di15(+) Jack 0[L(0V)]: O/R jack OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R jack ON
Di49(-) Over-front 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Not detecting
Di16(+) Slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R slider ON
Di50(-) Washer 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
operation Washer operation OFF
Di18(+) Lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock OFF
(front) 1[L(0V)]: Washer operation ON
Di51(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Di19(+) Free 0[L(0V)]:
temp. 50°C Temp. 50°C (122°F)
(spring lock) Spring lock release OFF
(122°F) not detected
1[H(24V)]:
1[L(0V)]: Temp. 50°C(122°F)
detected
131 W303-0257E
Data table
Signal Signal name Signal detail Do7 Spare

Di54(-) Spare input(-) Upper unit output
Di56(-) Wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
intermittent Intermittent operation
operation OFF
(front) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation
ON
Tr4 T/C oil temp. 0[H(24V)]: No sound
Di59(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
warning 1[L(0V)]: Sound output
temp. 85°C Temp. 85°C (185°F)not
Tr5 Spare output
(185°F) detected
Tr6 Spare output
1[L(0V)]: Temp. 85°C(185°F)
Tr7 Spare output
detected
Tr8 Spare output
Tr9 2-wheel steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Di61(-) Lock up 0[H(24V)]: synchronization
synchronization selection
selection 1[L(0V)]: synchronization
selection release
0[H(24V)]: Normal slope stroke Tr11 Crub steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Di62(-) Accelerator
stroke shift 1[L(0V)]: Steep slope stroke
Tr12 Spare output
Tr13 Spare output
intermittent Intermittent operation Tr14 Spare output
operation OFF Tr15 Spring lock state 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
(roof) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation detection 1[L(0V)]: Energizing relay
ON Tr16 Engine revolution 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Upper unit input Tr17 Spare output
Signal Signal name Signal detail Tr18 Spare output
Ai1 Air pressure input Tr19 Front wiper 0[H(24V)]:
Ai2 Accelrator sensor 1 input operation output Front wiper not
Ai3 Accelrator sensor 2 input operated
Ai4 Idle volume input 1[L(0V)]: Front wiper operated
Ai5 Spare analog input Tr20 Roof wiper 0[H(24V)]:
Ai6 Spare analog input operation output Roof wiper not operated
Ai7 Spare analog input 1[L(0V)]: Roof wiper operated
Ai8 Spare analog input Tr21 Spare output
Pi1 Tachometer sensor input Tr22 Spare output
Pi2 Main speed input Tr23 Spare output
Pi3 Spare analog input Tr24 Spare output
Pi4 Spare analog input Ao1 Unusable (fuel
gauge output)
Serial signal input from AML
Po4 Air pressure
gauge
Do1 AML 0: AML functioning
Po5 T/C pressure
cancellation 1: AML cancelled
gauge
Do2 Jib lock 0: Jib lock pin removed
indicator 1 1: Jib lock pin inserted Serial signal output to AML
Do3 Spare Signal Signal name Signal detail
Do4 Spare ANIN1 Spare
Do5 Spare ANIN2 FL
Do6 Response to 0: No O/R retraction detected ANIN3 FR
outrigger retraction 1: O/R retraction detected ANIN4 RL
operation detection ANIN5 RR
132 W303-0257E
Data table

performed
Di2 Spare
Di3 Spare
Di4 Spare
Di5 Spare
Di6 Spare
Di7 Spare
Di8 Spare
Do1 Steering pump low-pressure
warning
Do2 SUS LOCK
Do3 LOW
Do4 4WD
Do5 Spare
Do6 Rear center
Do7 Spare
Do8 Exhaust brake
Do9 Parking brake
Do10 Lock up
Do11 PTO/travel
Do12 Spare
Do13 WORK LAMP
Do14 PTO
Do15 Jib lock
Do16 Hydraulic oil temp. 50°C (122°F)
Do17 Water separator
Do18 Spare
Do19 Shift 1st
0: not lit
Do20 Shift 2nd
1: lit
Do21 Shift 3rd
Do22 Shift N
Do23 Shift D
Do24 Shift R
Do25 Spare
Do27 Engine oil low-pressure warning
Do28 T/C low-pressure warning
Do30 CHG
Do31 Speed warning
Do32 Engine overrun warning
Do33 Low fuel level warning
Do34 MDT failure
Do36 Spare
Do37 Spare
Do38 AML alarm
Do39 Spare
Do40 Spare
133 W303-0257E
Data table
2.2. Lower I/O signal lists Di19(-) Spare input(-)

Lower unit input
Di1(-) Brake fluid level 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
detection Sufficient fluid
1[L(0V)]: Insufficient fluid Di24(-) Spare input(-)
Di2(-) Engine oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di25(+) Engine start 0[L(0V)]: Engine start OFF
low-pressure Normal pressure 1[H(24V)]: Engine start ON
1[L(0V)]: Low pressure Di26(+) Spare input(+)
Di3(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di27(+) Outrigger 0(approx. 12V):
(parking brake) Parking brake released accelerator Outrigger accelerator
1[L(0V)]: Parking brake applied OFF
Di4(-) Spare input(-) 1[L(0V)]: Outrigger accelerator
Di5(-) Spare input(-) ON
Di6(-) Straight ahead 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di28(+) Spare input(+)
detection Straight wheels not detected Di29(+) Spare input(+)
1[L(0V)]: Di30(+) Spare input(+)
Straight wheels detected Di31(+) Spare input(+)
Di7(-) Fuel level 0(approx. 12V): Di32(+) Spare input(+)
detection Warning detection OFF Lower unit input
1[L(0V)]: Signal
Warning detection ON Signal Signal name
detail
Di8(-) 4WD detection 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Ai1 FL O/R length detection input
4WD not detected
Ai2 FR O/R length detection input
1[L(0V)]: 4WD detected
Normal pressure
Di10(-) Steering pump 0[H(approx. 12V)]: low-pressure
low-pressure Ai7 Spare analog input
detection OFF
Ai8 Spare analog intput
1[L(0V)]: low-pressure
ddetection ON
Spare input(-) Ai10 Spare analog input
Di11(-)
T/C oil temp Ai11 Fuel sender input
Di12(-) 0(approx. 12V):
detection Warning detection OFF Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp input
1[L(0V)]: Pi3 Sub-speed input
Warning detection ON Lower unit output
Di13(-) DIAG lamp 1 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Engine ECU Signal Signal name Signal detail
failure malfunction
generation RY1 FL 0[L(0V)]: O/R FL output OFF
1[L(0V)]: Engine ECU failure 1[H(24V)]: O/R FL output ON
malfunction RY2 FR 0[L(0V)]: O/R FR output OFF
non-generation 1[H(24V)]: O/R FR output ON
Di14(-) DIAG lamp 2 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Engine ECU
failure malfunction RY3 RL 0[L(0V)]: O/R RL output OFF
generation 1[H(24V)]: O/R RL output ON
1[L(0V)]: Engine ECU failure RY4 RR 0[L(0V)]: O/R RR output OFF
malfunction 1[H(24V)]: O/R RR output ON
non-generation RY5 Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ext. output OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R Ext. output ON
RY6 Ret. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ret. output OFF
Di17(-) Glow lamp 0(approx. 12V): 1[H(24V)]: O/R Ret. output ON
Glow heater OFF RY7 Jack/slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider
1[L(0V)]: Glow heater ON selector 1[H(24V)]: O/R jack
Di18(-) Water separator 0[H(approx. 12V)]: RY8 Spare output
Water level normal Spare output
RY9
1[L(0V)]: Water level more than Spare output
RY10
regulations
RY11 Spare output
134 W303-0257E
Data table
RY12 Spare output RY45 F3 0[L(0V)]:
RY13 Spare output Transmission sol. F3 OFF
RY15 Spare output Transmission sol. F3 ON
RY16 Spare output RY46 Hi 0[L(0V)]:
RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel Transmission sol. Hi OFF
drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel 1[H(24V)]:
RY18 Spare output Transmission sol. Hi ON
RY19 Spare output RY47 Lo 0[L(0V)]:
RY20 Hour meter 0[L(0V)]: Engin stop Transmission sol. Lo OFF
1[H(24V)]: Engin running 1[H(24V)]:
RY21 Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]: Transmission sol. Lo ON
Exhaust brake not activated RY48 R 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Transmission sol. R OFF
Exhaust brake activated 1[H(24V)]:
RY22 Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: High beam OFF Transmission sol. R ON
1[H(24V)]: High beam ON RY49 Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Low beam OFF
RY23 Spare output 1(24V): Low beam ON
RY24 Spare output RY50 Spring lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock released
RY25 Map shift 1 0[L(0V)]: Map shift 1 OFF check release 1[H(24V)]: Spring lock activated
1[H(24V)]: Map shift 1 ON RY51 Spare output
RY26 Map shift 2 0[L(0V)]: Map shift 2 OFF RY52 Spring lock 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Map shift 2 ON Spring lock output OFF
RY27 Map shift 3 0[L(0V)]: Map shift 3 OFF 1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Map shift 3 ON Spring lock output ON
RY28 Spare output RY53 4-wheel 0[L(0V)]:
Spare output steering 4-wheel steering output OFF
RY29
Spare output 1[H(24V)]:
RY30
Spare output 4-wheel steering output ON
RY31
Spare output RY54 Crab steering 0[L(0V)]:
RY32
Crab steering output OFF
RY33 Spare output
1[H(24V)]:
RY34 Spare output
Crab steering output ON
RY35 Spare output
RY55 Spare output
RY36 Spare output
RY56 Spare output
RY37 Spare output
Tr1 PTO limiter 0[H(24V)]: Closed PTO circuit
RY38 Spare output
1[L(0V)]: Open PTO circuit
RY39 Spare output
Tr2 Clearance 0[H(24V)]: Not lit
RY40 Spare output
lamp 1[L(0V)]: Lit
RY41 N 0[L(0V)]: Transmission N output. Tr3 Steering power 0[H(24V)]:
OFF supply Steering power supply OFF
1[H(24V)]: Transmission N 1[L(0V)]:
output ON Steering power supply ON
RY42 Lock up 0[L(0V)]: Lock up OFF Tr4 Spare output
1[H(24V)]: Lock up ON
MSOL1 Power supply 0: Power to RY41,42 OFF
RY43 F1 0[L(0V)]: of RY41,42 1: Power to RY41,42 ON
1[H(24V)]:
of RY43-48 1: Power to RY43-48 ON
RY44 F2 0[L(0V)]: Lower unit output
Transmission sol. F2 OFF Signal Signal name Signal detail
1[H(24V)]: Ao1 Accelerator sensor 1 output
Transmission sol. F2 ON Ao2 Accelerator sensor 2 output
Ao3 Idle volume output
135 W303-0257E
Data table
3. TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, Signal Signal name Signal detail

TR-800XXL-4 and steering 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel steering ON
GR-700EXL-1 Di22(+) Crab steering 0[L(0V)]: Crab steering OFF
1[H(24V)]: Crab steering ON
Di23(+) Rear steering 1 0[L(0V)]: Rear steering OFF
1[H(24V)]: Rear steering ON
Upper unit input Di24(+) Reverse 0[L(0V)]: Revevse steering OFF
Signal Signal name Signal detail steering 1 1[H(24V)]: Revevse steering ON
Di1(+) Emergency 0[L(0V)]: Di25(+) High/low shift 0[L(0V)]: High
transmission Emergency transmission OFF 1[H(24V)]: Low
1[H(24V)]: Di26(+) 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel drive
Emergency transmission ON drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel drive
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” ON Di28(+) Spare input(+)
Di3(+) 2nd 0[L(0V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” OFF Di29(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” ON Di30(+) Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
Di4(+) Spare input (+) 1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
Di5(+) D 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “D” OFF Di31(+) Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “D” ON 1[H(24V)]: Low beam ON
Di6(+) N 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “N” OFF Di32(+) Clearance lamp 0[L(0V)]: Clearance lamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “N” ON 1[H(24V)]: Clearance lamp ON
Di7(+) R 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “R” OFF Di33(+) Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “R” ON Exhaust brake switch OFF
Di8(+) ALL 0[L(0V)]: All O/R control OFF 1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]: All O/R control ON Exhaust brake switch ON
Di9(+) FL 0[L(0V)]: Di34(+) Air heater 0[L(0V)]:
Front left O/R control OFF Air heater operation OFF
1[H(24V)]: 1[H(24V)]:
Front left O/R control ON Air heater operation ON
Di10(+) FR 0[L(0V)]: Di35(+) Working lamp 0[L(0V)]: Not lit
Front right O/R control OFF 1[H(24V)]: Lit
1[H(24V)]: Di36(+) PTO 0[L(0V)]: PTO OFF
Front right O/R control ON 1[H(24V)]: PTO ON
Di11(+) RL 0[L(0V)]: Di37(+) Parking brake 0[L(0V)]: Applied
Rear left O/R control OFF 1[H(24V)]: Released
Rear left O/R control ON Di39(+) Spare input(+)
Rear right O/R control ON Di43(+) Spare input(+)
Di13(+) Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R extension OFF Di44(+) Spare input(+)
Di45(+) Vehicle speed 0[L(0V)]: Vehicle limited not
Di14(+) Ret. 0[L(0V)]: O/R retraction OFF limited activited
1[H(24V)]: O/R retraction ON 1[H(24V)]: Vehicle limited
Di15(+) Jack 0[L(0V)]: O/R jack OFF activited
1[H(24V)]: O/R jack ON Di46(+) Spare input(+)
Di16(+) Slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider OFF Di47(+) Spare input(+)
Di18(+) Spare input (+) detection 1[L(0V)]: Detecting
Di19(+) Spare input (+) (*2) Spare input(-)
Di20(+) 2-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel steering OFF Di50(-)
136 W303-0257E
Data table
Signal Signal name Signal detail Serial signal input from AML
temp. 50°C Temp. 50°C (122°F) Do1 AML 0: AML functioning
(122°F) not detected cancellation 1: AML cancelled
1[L(0V)]: Temp. 50°C(122°F) Do2 Jib lock 0: Jib lock pin removed
detected
indicator 1 1: Jib lock pin inserted
Di52(-) C/W 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Dismounting
Do3 Spare
mounting/dismo 1[L(0V)]: Mounting
Do4 Spare
unting detection
Do5 Spare
Do6 Response to 0: No O/R retraction detected
outrigger retraction 1: O/R retraction detected
operation detection
(*2) Spare input(-)
Do7 Jib lock indicator 0: lock
Di56(-)
2
Di57(-) Over-rear 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Not detecting
Do8 Spare
temp. 85°C Temp. 85°C (185°F) Tr1 Alarm buzzer 0[H(24V)]: No sound
(185°F) not detected 1[L(0V)]: Sound output
1[L(0V)]: Temp. 85°C (185°F) Tr2 High beam lamp 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
detected
Di61(-) Spare input(-) 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Di62(-) Spare input(-) (*1)Tr4 Spare output
Di63(-) Spare input(-) Tr5 Spare output
(*2) Spare input(-) Tr6 Spare output
Di64(-)
Tr7 Spare output
(front) 1[L(0V)]: Washer operation ON Tr10 4-wheel steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
intermittent Intermittent operation Tr11 Crub steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
operation OFF 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
(front) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation Tr12 Rear steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
ON 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Di64(-) Wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Tr13 Reverse 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
intermittent Intermittent operation steering 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
operation OFF Tr14 Spare output
(roof) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation Tr15 Spare output
ON Tr16 Engine revolution 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Upper unit input Tr17 Spare output
Tr18 Spare output
Ai1 Air pressure input (*2) Spare output
Ai2 Spare analog input Tr19
Ai3 Spare analog input (*2) Spare output
Pi1 Engine revolution input Ao1 Unusable (fuel
Pi2 Main speed input gauge output)
Pi3 Spare analog input
Pi4 Spare analog input
137 W303-0257E
Data table

Po4 Air pressure Do19 Shift 1st
gauge Do20 Shift 2nd
Po5 T/C pressure Do21 Shift 3rd
gauge Do22 Shift N
Do23 Shift D
(*1) From 545491, change it as follow
Do24 Shift R
Tr4 T/C oil temp. 0[H(24V)]: No sound Do25 Spare
warning 1[L(0V)]: Sound output Do26 Air low-pressure warning
(*2) From 545800, change it as follow Do28 T/C low-pressure warning
Tr19 Front wiper 0[H(24V)]:
operation Front wiper not operated Do30 CHG
output 1[L(0V)]: Front wiper operated Do31 Speed warning
Tr20 Roof wiper 0[H(24V)]: Do32 Engine overrun warning
operation Roof wiper not operated Do33 Low fuel level warning
output 1[L(0V)]: Roof wiper operated Do34 MDT failure
Serial signal output to AML Do36 Spare
ANIN1 Spare Do38 AML alarm
ANIN2 FL Do39 Spare
ANIN3 FR Do40 Spare
ANIN4 RL
ANIN5 RR
3.2 Lower I/O signal lists
operation detection 1: O/R retraction operation Lower unit input
performed Signal Signal name Signal detail
Di2 Spare Di1(-) Brake fluid level 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Di3 Spare detection Sufficient fluid
Di4 Spare 1[L(0V)]: Insufficient fluid
Di5 Spare Di2(-) Engine oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Di6 Spare low-pressure Normal pressure
Di7 Spare 1[L(0V)]: Low pressure
Di8 Spare Di3(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Serial signal output to combination meter 1[L(0V)]: Parking brake applied
Signal Signal name Signal detail Di4(-) Spare input(-)
Do1 Steering pump low-pressure 0: not lit Di5(-) Spare input(-)
warning 1: lit Di6(-) Straight ahead 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Do2 SUS LOCK detection Straight wheels not detected
Do3 LOW 1[L(0V)]:
Do4 4WD Straight wheels detected
Do5 Spare Di7(-) Fuel level 0(approx. 12V):
Do6 Rear center detection Warning detection OFF
Do7 Spare 1[L(0V)]:
Do8 Exhaust brake Warning detection ON
Do9 Parking brake Di8(-) 4WD detection 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Do10 Lock up 4WD not detected
Do11 PTO/travel 1[L(0V)]: 4WD detected
Do12 C/W remove Di9(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Do13 WORK LAMP Normal pressure
Do14 PTO 1[L(0V)]: Low pressure
Do15 Jib lock
Do17 Spare
138 W303-0257E
Data table
Di10(-) Steering pump 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Lower unit output

low-pressure Low-pressure Signal Signal name Signal detail
detection OFF RY1 FL 0[L(0V)]: O/R FL output OFF
1[L(0V)]: Low pressure 1[H(24V)]: O/R FL output ON
detection ON RY2 FR 0[L(0V)]: O/R FR output OFF
Di11(-) Low detection 0[H(approx. 12V)]: 1[H(24V)]: O/R FR output ON
Low detection OFF RY3 RL 0[L(0V)]: O/R RL output OFF
1[L(0V)]: Low detection ON 1[H(24V)]: O/R RL output ON
(*1) Spare input(-) RY4 RR 0[L(0V)]: O/R RR output OFF
Di12(-) 1[H(24V)]: O/R RR output ON
Di13(-) Spare input(-) RY5 Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ext. output OFF
Di16(-) Spare input(-) 1[H(24V)]: O/R Ret. output ON
Di17(-) Spare input(-) RY7 Jack/slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider
Di19(-) Spare input(-) RY8 Outrigger 0[L(0V)]: Upper unit not
Di20(-) Spare input(-) upper unit operated
Di21(-) Spare input(-) operation 1[H(24V)]: Upper unit operated
Di22(-) Spare input(-) output
Di26(+) Outrigger switch RY13 Spare output
neutral position RY14 Spare output
Di29(+) Spare input(+) RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel
Di30(+) Spare input(+) drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel
Di31(+) Spare input(+) RY18 0[L(0V)]: High
High/Low shift
Di32(+) Spare input(+) 1[H(24V)]: Low
RY19 Spare output
(*1) From 545491, change it as follow Spare output
RY20
Di12(-) T/C oil temp. 0[H(approx. 12V)]: RY21 Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]:
Warning detection OFF Exhaust brake not activated
warning
1[H(24V)]:
1[L(0V)]:
Warning detection ON Exhaust brake activated
RY22 Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: High beam OFF
Lower unit input 1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
Signal RY23 Air heater 0[L(0V)]:
Signal Signal name
detail Air heater relay not energized
Ai1 FL O/R length detection input 1[H(24V)]:
Ai2 FR O/R length detection input Air heater relay energized
Ai3 RL O/R length detection input RY24 Spare output
Ai4 RR O/R length detection input RY25 Spare output
Ai5 T/C pressure input RY26 Spare output
Ai6 Spare analog input RY27 Spare output
Ai11 Unusable (fuel sender input) RY32 Spare output
Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp input RY33 Spare output
Pi3 Sub-speed input RY34 Spare output
RY35 Spare output
139 W303-0257E
Data table
Signal Signal name Signal detail SignalSignal name Signal detail

RY39 Spare output supply Steering power supply OFF
RY40 Spare output 1[L(0V)]:
RY41 Spare output Steering power supply ON
RY42 Lock up 0[L(0V)]: Lock up OFF Tr4 Spare output
1[H(24V)]: Lock up ON MSOL1 Power supply 0: Power to RY41,42 OFF
RY43 F1 0[L(0V)]: of RY41,42 1: Power to RY41,42 ON
Transmission sol. F1 OFF MSOL2 Power supply 0: Power to RY43-48 OFF
1[H(24V)]: of RY43-48 1: Power to RY43-48 ON
Transmission sol. F1 ON Lower unit output
RY44 F2 0[L(0V)]:
Ao1 Spare analog output
1[H(24V)]:
RY45 F3 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
RY46 Spare output
RY47 Spare output
RY48 R 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
RY49 Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Low beam OFF
1(24V): Low beam ON
RY50 Suspension 0[L(0V)]: Suspension lock
lock released
1[H(24V)]: Suspension lock
activated
RY51 Suspension 0[L(0V)]: Suspension free
free released
1[H(24V)]: Suspension free
activated
RY52 Spare output
RY53 Steering mode 0[L(0V)]:
1 Steering mode 1 output OFF
1[H(24V)]:
Steering mode 1 output ON
1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
140 W303-0257E
Data table
4. TR-600XXL-4 (*), TR-800XXL-4 (*), Signal Signal name Signal detail

GR-700EXL-1(*) and steering 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel steering ON
GR-550EX-1 Di22(+) Crab steering 0[L(0V)]: Crab steering OFF
1[H(24V)]: Crab steering ON
Di23(+) Rear steering 1 0[L(0V)]: Rear steering OFF
1[H(24V)]: Rear steering ON
Upper unit input Di24(+) Reverse 0[L(0V)]: Revevse steering OFF
Signal Signal name Signal detail steering 1 1[H(24V)]: Revevse steering ON
Di1(+) Emergency 0[L(0V)]: Di25(+) High/low shift 0[L(0V)]: High
transmission Emergency transmission OFF 1[H(24V)]: Low
1[H(24V)]: Di26(+) 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel drive
Emergency transmission ON drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel drive
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” ON Di28(+) Spare input(+)
Di3(+) 2nd 0[L(0V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” OFF Di29(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” ON Di30(+) Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
Di4(+) Spare input (+) 1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
Di5(+) D 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “D” OFF Di31(+) Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “D” ON 1[H(24V)]: Low beam ON
Di6(+) N 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “N” OFF Di32(+) Clearance lamp 0[L(0V)]: Clearance lamp OFF
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “N” ON 1[H(24V)]: Clearance lamp ON
Di7(+) R 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “R” OFF Di33(+) Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “R” ON Exhaust brake switch OFF
Di8(+) ALL 0[L(0V)]: All O/R control OFF 1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]: All O/R control ON Exhaust brake switch ON
Di9(+) FL 0[L(0V)]: Di34(+) Spare input (+)
Front left O/R control OFF Di35(+) Working lamp 0[L(0V)]: Not lit
1[H(24V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Lit
Front left O/R control ON Di36(+) PTO 0[L(0V)]: PTO OFF
Di10(+) FR 0[L(0V)]: 1[H(24V)]: PTO ON
Front right O/R control OFF Di37(+) Parking brake 0[L(0V)]: Applied
1[H(24V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Released
Front right O/R control ON Di38(+) Spare input(+)
Di11(+) RL 0[L(0V)]: Di39(+) Low noise 0[L(0V)]: Low noise operation OFF
Rear left O/R control OFF operation 1[H(24V)]: Low noise operation ON
Rear left O/R control ON Di41(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]:
Di45(+) Vehicle speed 0[L(0V)]: Vehicle limited not
limited activited
1[H(24V)]: Vehicle limited
Di14(+) Ret. 0[L(0V)]: O/R retraction OFF activited
Di15(+) Jack 0[L(0V)]: O/R jack OFF
Di18(+) Spare input (+)
Di19(+) Spare input (+) (front) 1[L(0V)]: Washer operation ON
141 W303-0257E
Data table
Signal Signal name Signal detail Do2 Jib lock 0: Jib lock pin removed
Di51(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: indicator 1 1: Jib lock pin inserted
temp. 50°C Temp. 50°C (122°F) Do3 Spare
(122°F) not detected Do4 Spare
1[L(0V)]: Temp. 50°C(122°F)
Do5 Spare
detected
Do6 Response to 0: No O/R retraction detected
Di52(-) C/W 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Dismounting
outrigger retraction 1: O/R retraction detected
mounting/dismo 1[L(0V)]: Mounting
operation detection
unting detection
Do7 Jib lock indicator 0: lock
2
Do8 Spare
Di56(-) Wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Upper unit output
intermittent Intermittent operation Signal Signal name Signal detail
operation OFF Tr1 Alarm buzzer 0[H(24V)]: No sound
(front) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation 1[L(0V)]: Sound output
ON Tr2 High beam lamp 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Di57(-) Over-rear 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Not detecting 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
detection 1[L(0V)]: Detecting Tr3 Glow lamp 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Di58(-) Spare input(-) 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Di59(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Tr4 T/C oil temp. 0[H(24V)]: No sound
temp. 85°C Temp. 85°C (185°F) warning 1[L(0V)]: Sound output
(185°F) not detected Tr5 Spare output
1[L(0V)]: Temp. 85°C (185°F)
Tr6 Spare output
detected
Tr7 Spare output
Tr8 Spare output
selection release
Di62(-) Accelerator 0[H(24V)]: Normal slope stroke
Tr11 Crub steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
stroke shift 1[L(0V)]: Steep slope stroke
Tr12 Rear steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
intermittent Intermittent operation
Tr13 Reverse 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
operation OFF
steering 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
(roof) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation
Tr14 Spare output
ON
Tr15 Spare output
Upper unit input Tr16 Engine revolution 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Signal Signal name Signal detail detection 1[L(0V)]: Energizing relay
Ai1 Air pressure input Tr17 Spare output
Ai2 Accelerator sensor 1 input Tr18 Spare output
Ai3 Accelerator sensor 2 input Tr19 Front wiper 0[H(24V)]:
Ai4 Idle volume input operation output Front wiper not
Ai5 Spare analog input operated
Ai6 Spare analog input 1[L(0V)]: Front wiper operated
Ai7 Spare analog input Tr20 Roof wiper 0[H(24V)]:
Ai8 Spare analog input operation output Roof wiper not operated
Pi1 Engine revolution input 1[L(0V)]: Roof wiper operated
Tr24 Spare output
Serial signal input from AML
Ao1 Unusable (fuel
gauge output)
Po4 Air pressure
gauge
142 W303-0257E
Data table
Signal Signal name Signal detail Do32 Engine overrun warning

Po5 T/C pressure Do33 Low fuel level warning
gauge Do34 MDT failure
Serial signal output to AML
Do36 Spare
Do37 Spare
ANIN1 Spare
Do38 AML alarm
ANIN2 FL
Do39 Spare
ANIN3 FR
Do40 Spare
ANIN4 RL
ANIN5 RR
Di1 Outrigger retraction 0: No O/R retraction operation 4.2 Lower I/O signal lists
operation detection 1: O/R retraction operation Lower unit input
performed Signal Signal name Signal detail
Di2 Spare Di1(-) Brake fluid level 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Di3 Spare detection Sufficient fluid
Di4 Spare 1[L(0V)]: Insufficient fluid
Di5 Spare Di2(-) Engine oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Di6 Spare low-pressure Normal pressure
Di7 Spare 1[L(0V)]: Low pressure
Di8 Spare Di3(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
1[L(0V)]: Parking brake applied
Do1 Steering pump low-pressure 0: not lit
warning 1: lit
Di6(-) Straight ahead0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Do2 SUS LOCK
Do3 LOW
1[L(0V)]:
Do4 4WD
Straight wheels detected
Do5 Spare
Di7(-) Fuel level 0(approx. 12V):
Do6 Rear center
detection Warning detection OFF
Do7 Spare 1[L(0V)]:
Do8 Exhaust brake Warning detection ON
Do9 Parking brake Di8(-) 4WD detection 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Do10 Lock up 4WD not detected
Do11 PTO/travel 1[L(0V)]: 4WD detected
Do12 C/W remove Di9(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Do13 WORK LAMP Normal pressure
Do14 PTO 1[L(0V)]: Low pressure
Do15 Jib lock Di10(-) Steering pump 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Do16 Hydraulic oil temp. 50°C (122°F) low-pressure Low-pressure
Do17 Water separator detection OFF
Do18 Spare 1[L(0V)]: Low pressure
Do19 Shift 1st detection ON
Do20 Shift 2nd Di11(-) Low detection 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
Do21 Shift 3rd Low detection OFF
Do22 Shift N 1[L(0V)]: Low detection ON
Do23 Shift D Di12(-) T/C oil temp 0(approx. 12V):
detection Warning detection OFF
Do24 Shift R
Do25 Spare 1[L(0V)]: Warning detection
Do26 Air low-pressure warning ON
Do27 Engine oil low-pressure warning Di13(-) DIAG lamp 1 0[H( approx. 12V)]: Engine ECU
failure malfunction
Do28 T/C low-pressure warning generation
Do29 Hydraulic oil temp. 85°C (185°F) 1[L(0V)]: Engine ECU failure
Do30 CHG malfunction
Do31 Speed warning non-generation
143 W303-0257E
Data table
failure malfunction
RY1 FL 0[L(0V)]: O/R FL output OFF
generation
1[L(0V)]: Engine ECU failure 1[H(24V)]: O/R FL output ON
Di15(-) Spare input(-) RY3 RL 0[L(0V)]: O/R RL output OFF
Di16(-) Spare input(-) 1[H(24V)]: O/R RL output ON
Di17(-) Glow lamp 0(approx. 12V): RY4 RR 0[L(0V)]: O/R RR output OFF
Glow heater OFF 1[H(24V)]: O/R RR output ON
1[L(0V)]: Glow heater ON RY5 Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ext. output OFF
Di18(-) Water separator 0[H(approx. 12V)]: 1[H(24V)]: O/R Ext. output ON
Water level normal RY6 Ret. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ret. output OFF
1[L(0V)]: Water level more than 1[H(24V)]: O/R Ret. output ON
regulations RY7 Jack/slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider
Di20(-) Spare input(-) RY8 Outrigger 0[L(0V)]: Upper unit not
Di21(-) Spare input(-) upper unit operated
Di22(-) Spare input(-) operation 1[H(24V)]: Upper unit operated
Di23(-) Spare input(-) output
Di26(+) Outrigger switch 0[L(0V)]: Outrigger switch RY12 Spare output
neutral position neutral RY13 Spare output
1[H(24V)]: Outrigger switch RY14 Spare output
operation RY15 Spare output
Di27(+) Outrigger 0(approx. 12V): RY16 Spare output
accelerator Outrigger accelerator RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel
OFF drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel
1[L(0V)]: Outrigger accelerator RY18 0[L(0V)]: High
ON High/Low shift
1[H(24V)]: Low
Di29(+) Spare input(+) RY20 Hour meter 0[L(0V)]: Engin stop
Di30(+) Spare input(+) 1[H(24V)]: Engin running
Di31(+) Spare input(+) RY21 Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]:
Di32(+) Spare input(+) Exhaust brake not activated
Lower unit input 1[H(24V)]:
Exhaust brake activated
Signal
Signal Signal name RY22 Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: High beam OFF
detail
1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
Ai1 FL O/R length detection input
FR RY23 Spare output
Ai2 O/R length detection input
RY24 Spare output
RY25 Map shift 1 0[L(0V)]: Map shift 1 OFF
1[H(24V)]: Map shift 1 ON
RY28 Spare output
RY29 Spare output
Ai11 Unusable (fuel sender input)
RY30 Spare output
Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp input
RY31 Spare output
Pi3 Sub-speed input
RY32 Spare output
Lower unit output RY33 Spare output
Signal Signal name Signal detail RY34 Spare output
RY35 Spare output
144 W303-0257E
Data table
RY36 Spare output Tr1 PTO limiter 0[H(24V)]: Closed PTO circuit
RY37 Spare output 1[L(0V)]: Open PTO circuit
RY41 N 0[L(0V)]: Transmission N output. supply Steering power supply OFF
OFF 1[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Transmission N Steering power supply ON
output ON Tr4 Spare output
RY42 Lock up 0[L(0V)]: Lock up OFF MSOL1 Power supply 0: Power to RY41,42 OFF
1[H(24V)]: Lock up ON of RY41,42 1: Power to RY41,42 ON
RY43 F1 0[L(0V)]: MSOL2 Power supply 0: Power to RY43-48 OFF
Transmission sol. F1 OFF of RY43-48 1: Power to RY43-48 ON
1[H(24V)]:
Lower unit output
RY44 F2 0[L(0V)]:
Ao1 Accelerator sensor 1 output
Ao2 Accelerator sensor 2 output
1[H(24V)]:
Ao3 Idle volume output
RY45 F3 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
RY46 Spare output
RY47 Spare output
RY48 R 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
1(24V): Low beam ON
RY50 Suspension 0[L(0V)]: Suspension lock
lock released
1[H(24V)]: Suspension lock
activated
RY51 Suspension 0[L(0V)]: Suspension free
free released
1[H(24V)]: Suspension free
activated
RY52 Spare output
1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]:
145 W303-0257E
Data table
5. TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1 Signal Signal name Signal detail

Signal Signal name Signal detail Di22(+) Crab steering 0[L(0V)]: Crab steering OFF
Di1(+) Emergency 0[L(0V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Crab steering ON
transmission Emergency transmission OFF Di23(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]: Di24(+) Reverse 0[L(0V)]: Reverse steering OFF
Emergency transmission ON steering 1[H(24V)]: Reverse steering ON
Di2(+) 1st 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” OFF Di25(+) High/low shift 0[L(0V)]: High
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” ON 1[H(24V)]: Low
Di3(+) 2nd 0[L(0V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” OFF Di26(+) 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel drive
1[H(24V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” ON drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel drive
Di4(+) 3rd 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “3rd” OFF Di27(+) Spare input(+)
Di5(+) D 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “D” OFF Di29(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “D” ON Di30(+) Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
Di6(+) N 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “N” OFF 1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “N” ON Di31(+) Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
Di7(+) R 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “R” OFF 1[H(24V)]: Low beam ON
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “R” ON Di32(+) Clearance lamp 0[L(0V)]: Clearance lamp OFF
Di8(+) ALL 0[L(0V)]: All O/R control OFF 1[H(24V)]: Clearance lamp ON
1[H(24V)]: All O/R control ON Di33(+) Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]:
Di9(+) FL 0[L(0V)]: Exhaust brake switch OFF
Front left O/R control OFF 1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Exhaust brake switch ON
Front left O/R control ON Di34(+) Spare input(+)
Rear left O/R control ON Di39(+) Unusable
Di45(+) Vahicle speed 0[L(0V)]: Vehicle limited not
limit activated
1[H(24V)]: Vehicle limited
Di15(+) Jack 0[L(0V)]: O/R jack OFF activated
Di47(+) Idle up 0[L(0V)]: Idle up switch OFF
1[H(24V)]: Idle up switch ON
Di48(+) Idle down 0[L(0V)]: Idle down switch OFF
Di18(+) Lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock OFF 1[H(24V)]: Idle down switch ON
Di19(+) Free 0[L(0V)]: detection 1[L(0V)]: Detecting
(spring lock) Spring lock release OFF
1[H(24V)]:
(*1) Spare input(-)
Di51(-)
146 W303-0257E
Data table

Di54(-) Spare input(-) Do6 Response to 0: No O/R retraction detected
Di55(-) Spare input(-) outrigger retraction 1: O/R retraction detected
Di56(-) Spare input(-) operation detection
Di57(-) Over-rear 0[H(24V)]: Not detection Do7 Spare
detection 1[L(0V)]: Detection Do8 Spare
Di59(-) Spare input(-) Signal Signal name Signal detail
selection release
Di62(-) Unusable
(*1) Spare input(-)
Tr4 Spare output
Di63(-)
Tr5 Spare output
(*1) Spare input(-)
Tr6 Spare output
Di64(-)
Tr7 Spare output
Di51(-) Washer 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Tr9 2-wheel steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
operation Washer operation OFF 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
(front) 1[L(0V)]: Washer operation ON Tr10 4-wheel steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Di63(-) Wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]: 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
intermittent Intermittent operation Tr11 Crub steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
operation OFF 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
(front) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation Tr12 Spare output
ON Tr13 Reverse 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Di64(-) Wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]: steering 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
intermittent Intermittent operation Tr14 Outrigger and 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
operation OFF spring lock state 1[L(0V)]: Energizing relay
(roof) 1[L(0V)]: Intermittent operation detection
ON Tr15 Spring lock state 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Upper unit input
Tr16 Engine revolution 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Ai1 Air pressure input Tr17 Spare output
Ai2 Accelerator senser 1 input Tr18 Spare output
Ai3 Accelerator senser 2 input (*1) Spare output
Ai5 Spare analog input (*1) Spare output
Pi1 Tachometer sensor input Tr23 Spare output
Pi3 Spare analog input Ao1 Fuel gauge
Pi4 Spare analog input Po4 Air pressure
Serial signal input from AML gauge
Signal Signal name Signal detail Po5 T/C pressure
Do1 AML 0: AML functioning gauge
cancellation 1: AML cancelled (*1) From 560786, change it as follow
Tr19 Front wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
operation Front wiper not operated
Do3 Spare
output 1[L(0V)]: Front wiper operated
147 W303-0257E
Data table
Tr20 Roof wiper 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Do32 Engine overrun warning

operation Roof wiper not operated Do33 Low fuel level warning
output 1[L(0V)]: Roof wiper operated Do34 MDT failure
Serial signal output to AML 0: not lit
Do36 Spare
Signal Signal name Signal detail 1: lit
Do37 Spare
ANIN1 Spare
Do38 AML alarm
ANIN2 FL
Do39 Spare
ANIN3 FR
Do40 Spare
ANIN4 RL
ANIN5 RR
performed
Di2 Spare
Di3 Spare
Di4 Spare
Di5 Spare
Di6 Spare
Di7 Spare
Di8 Spare

Do1 Steering low-pressure alarm
Do2 SUS LOCK
Do3 LOW
Do4 4WD
Do5 Spare
Do6 Rear center
Do7 Spare
Do8 Exhaust brake
Do9 Parking brake
Do10 Lock up
Do11 PTO/travel
Do12 Spare
Do13 WORK LAMP
Do14 PTO
Do15 Jib lock
0: not lit
1: lit
Do18 Spare
Do19 Shift 1st
Do20 Shift 2nd
Do21 Shift 3rd
Do22 Shift N
Do23 Shift D
Do24 Shift R
Do25 Spare
Do30 CHG
Do31 Speed warning
148 W303-0257E
Data table
5.2 Lower I/O signal lists Di19(-) Spare input(-)

Lower unit input
Di1(-) Brake fluid level 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
detection Sufficient fluid
1[L(0V)]: Insufficient fluid Di24(-) Spare input(-)
Di2(-) Engine oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di25(+) Engine start 0[L(0V)]: Engine start OFF
low-pressure Normal pressure 1[H(24V)]: Engine start ON
Di26(+) Outrigger switch 0[L(0V)]: Outrigger switch
neutral neutral
Di3(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Outrigger switch
(parking brake) Parking brake released operation
1[L(0V)]: Parking brake applied Di27(+) Outrigger 0[L(0V)]: Outrigger accelerator
Di4(-) Steering pump 0[H(approx. 12V)]:low-pressure accelerator OFF
1[H(24V)]: Outrigger
low-pressure detection OFF
accelerator ON
1[L(0V)]: low-pressure
detection ON
Di6(-) Straight ahead 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
1[L(0V)]:
Straight wheels detected Lower unit input
Di7(-) Fuel level 0(approx. 12V): Signal
Signal Signal name
detection Warning detection OFF detail
1[L(0V)]: Ai1 FL O/R length detection iuput
Warning detection ON Ai2 FR O/R length detection iuput
Di8(-) 4WD detection 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Ai3 RL O/R length detection iuput
4WD not detected Ai4 RR O/R length detection iuput
1[L(0V)]: 4WD detected Ai5 T/C pressure input
Di9(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Ai6 Spare analog input
Normal pressure Ai7 Spare analog input
1[L(0V)]: Low pressure Ai8 Spare analog intput
Di10(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Detection Ai9 Spare analog input
temp. OFF
50°C (122°F) Ai10 Spare analog input
1[L(0V)]: Detection ON Ai11 Fuel sender input
Di11(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Detection Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp input
temp. OFF
85°C (185°F) Pi3 Sub-speed input
1[L(0V)]: Detection ON
Di12(-) Spare input(-) Lower unit output
failure malfunction RY1 FL 0[L(0V)]: O/R FL output OFF
generation
1[L(0V)]: Engine ECU failure
Di14(-) DIAG lamp 2 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Engine ECU RY3 RL 0[L(0V)]: O/R RL output OFF
failure malfunction 1[H(24V)]: O/R RL output ON
generation
1[L(0V)]: Engine ECU failure RY4 RR 0[L(0V)]: O/R RR output OFF
malfunction 1[H(24V)]: O/R RR output ON
non-generation RY5 Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ext. output OFF
Di17(-) 0[H(approx. 12V)]: 1[H(24V)]: O/R Ret. output ON
WTS lamp Grid heater OFF RY7 Jack/slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider
1[L(0V)]: Grid heater ON selector 1[H(24V)]: O/R jack
Di18(-) 0[H(approx. 12V)]: RY8 Outrigger upper 0[L(0V)]: Upper unit not
Water level normal unit operation operated
WIF lamp
1[L(0V)]: Water level more
output 1[H(24V)]: Upper unit operated
than requlations
149 W303-0257E
Data table
RY9 Hour meter 0[L(0V)]: Engine stop RY45 F3 0[L(0V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Engine running Transmission sol. F3 OFF
RY10 Outrigger 0[L(0V)]: Outrigger accelerator 1[H(24V)]:
accelerator output OFF Transmission sol. F3 ON
1[H(24V)]: Outrigger accelerator RY46 High 0[L(0V)]:
output ON Transmission sol. High OFF
RY12 Spare output Transmission sol. High ON
RY13 Spare output RY47 Low 0[L(0V)]:
RY14 Spare output Transmission sol. Low OFF
RY16 Spare output Transmission sol. Low ON
RY48 R 0[L(0V)]:
RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel
drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel
1[H(24V)]:
RY18 Spare output
RY19 Spare output
RY20 Pilot check 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock activated
1(24V): Low beam ON
release 1[H(24V)]: Spring lock release
RY21 Unusable RY50 Pilot check 0[L(0V)]: Maintained
RY22 Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: High beam OFF lock 1[H(24V)]: Pilot check close
1[H(24V)]: High beam ON output
RY24 Spare output RY52 Spring lock 0[L(0V)]:
RY25 Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]: pressure Spring lock output OFF
Exhaust brake not actived source 1[H(24V)]:
1[H(24V)]: Spring lock output ON
Exhaust brake actived RY53 4-wheel 0[L(0V)]:
RY26 Idle up 0[L(0V)]: Idle revolution keep steering 4-wheel steering output OFF
1[H(24V)]: Idle revolution up 1[H(24V)]:
RY27 Idle down 0[L(0V)]: Idle revolution keep 4-wheel steering output ON
1[H(24V)]: Idle revolution up RY54 Crab steering 0[L(0V)]:
RY28 Spare output Crab steering output OFF
Crab steering output ON
RY30 Spare output
RY32 Spare output RY56 Reverse 0[L(0V)]: Rererse steering
steering output OFF
RY33 Spare output
1[H(24V)]: Rererse steering
RY34 Spare output
output ON
RY35 Spare output
RY36 Spare output
RY37 Spare output
Tr2 Clearance 0[H(24V)]: Not lit
RY38 Spare output
lamp 1[L(0V)]: Lit
RY39 Spare output
Tr3 Steering power 0[H(24V)]:
RY40 Spare output
supply Steering power supply OFF
RY41 N 0[L(0V)]:Transmission N output
1[L(0V)]:
OFF
Steering power supply ON
1[H(24V)]: Transmission N
Tr4 Spare output
output ON
RY42 Lock up 0[L(0V)]: Lock up OFF MSOL1 Power supply 0: Power to RY41,42 OFF
1[H(24V)]: Lock up ON of RY41,42 1: Power to RY41,42 ON
RY43 F1 0[L(0V)]: MSOL2 Power supply 0: Power to RY43-48 OFF
Transmission sol. F1 OFF of RY43-48 1: Power to RY43-48 ON
1[H(24V)]:
Lower unit output
0[L(0V)]: Signal Signal name Signal detail
RY44 F2
Transmission sol. F2 OFF Ao1 Accelerator sensor
1[H(24V)]: Ao2 Spare analog output
150 W303-0257E
Data table
6. TR-150XL-4 Signal Signal name Signal detail

Di22(+) Crab steering 0[L(0V)]: Crab steering OFF
Upper unit input 1[H(24V)]: Crab steering ON
Signal Signal name Signal detail Di23(+) Rear steering 0[L(0V)]: Rear steering OFF
Di1(+) Emergency 0[L(0V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Rear steering ON
transmission Emergency transmission OFF Di24(+) Reverse 0[L(0V)]: Reverse steering OFF
1[H(24V)]: steering 1[H(24V)]: Reverse steering ON
Emergency transmission ON Di25(+) High/low shift 0[L(0V)]: High
Di2(+) 1st 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” OFF 1[H(24V)]: Low
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “1st” ON Di26(+) 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel drive
Di3(+) 2nd 0[L(0V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” OFF drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel drive
1[H(24V)]:Gearshift lever “2nd” ON Di27(+) Spare input(+)
Di4(+) Space input(+) Di28(+) Rear steering 0[L(0V)]: Lock
Di5(+) D 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “D” OFF lock 1[H(24V)]: Release
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “D” ON Di29(+) Rear steering 0[L(0V)]: Switch OFF
Di6(+) N 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “N” OFF lock release 1[H(24V)]: Switch ON
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “N” ON Di30(+) Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
Di7(+) R 0[L(0V)]: Gearshift lever “R” OFF 1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
1[H(24V)]: Gearshift lever “R” ON Di31(+) Headlamp B 0[L(0V)]: Headlamp OFF
Di8(+) ALL 0[L(0V)]: All O/R control OFF 1[H(24V)]: Low beam ON
1[H(24V)]: All O/R control ON Di32(+) Clearance lamp 0[L(0V)]: Clearance lamp OFF
Di9(+) FL 0[L(0V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Clearance lamp ON
Front left O/R control OFF Di33(+) Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]: Exhaust brake switch OFF
1[H(24V)]: 1[H(24V)]: Exhaust brake switch ON
Front left O/R control ON Di34(+) Spare input(+)
Rear left O/R control ON Di39(+) Low noise 0[L(0V)]: Low noise operation OFF
Di12(+) RR 0[L(0V)]: operation 1[H(24V)]: Low noise operation ON
1[H(24V)]: Di41(+) Oil cooler 0[L(0V)]: Oil cooler OFF
Rear right O/R control ON 1[H(24V)]: Oil cooler ON
Di13(+) Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R extension OFF Di42(+) Horn 0[L(0V)]: Horn switch OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R extension ON 1[H(24V)]: Horn switch ON
Di14(+) Ret. 0[L(0V)]: O/R retraction OFF Di43(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]: O/R retraction ON Di44(+) Spare input(+)
Di15(+) Jack 0[L(0V)]: O/R jack OFF Di45(+) Spare input(+)
1[H(24V)]: O/R jack ON Di46(+) Spare input(+)
Di16(+) Slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider OFF Di47(+) Idle up 0[L(0V)]: Idle up switch OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R slider ON 1[H(24V)]: Idle up switch ON
Di17(+) Spare input(+) Di48(+) Idle down 0[L(0V)]: Idle down switch OFF
Di18(+) Spring lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock OFF 1[H(24V)]: Idle down switch ON
1[H(24V)]: Spring lock ON Di49(-) Over-front 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Not detecting
Di19(+) Spring lock 0[L(0V)]: detection 1[L(0V)]: Detecting
release Spring lock release OFF Di50(-) Spare input(-)
1[H(24V)]:
151 W303-0257E
Data table
Di55(-) Drum indicator 0[H(24V)]: Sub Tr3 Glow lamp 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
M/S shift 1[L(0V)]: Main 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Di56(-) Spare input(-) Tr4 Horn 0[H(24V)]: Not sound
Di57(-) Over-rear 0[H(24V)]: Not detection 1[L(0V)]: Sound
detection 1[L(0V)]: Detection Tr5 Spare output
Di61(-) Lock up 0[H(24V)]: synchronization Tr9 2-wheel steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
synchronization selection 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
selection 1[L(0V)]: synchronization Tr10 4-wheel steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
selection release 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Di62(-) Accelerator 0[H(24V)]: Normal slope stroke Tr11 Crub steering 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
stroke shift 1[L(0V)]: Steep slope stroke 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Di63(-) Spare input(-) Tr12 Reverse 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Di64(-) Spare input(-) steering 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Tr13 Reverse 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Upper unit input
steering 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Tr14 Outrigger and 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Ai1 Air pressure input
spring lock state 1[L(0V)]: Energizing relay
Ai2 Accelerator senser 1
detection
Ai3 Accelerator senser 2
Tr15 Spring lock state 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Ai4 Spare analog input detection 1[L(0V)]: Energizing relay
Ai5 Spare analog input Tr16 Engine revolution 0[H(24V)]: Not energizing relay
Ai6 Spare analog input detection 1[L(0V)]: Energizing relay
Ai7 Spare analog input Tr17 Drum indicator 0[H(24V)]: SOL. OFF
Ai8 Spare analog input SOL. (S) 1[L(0V)]: SOL. ON
Pi1 Tachometer sensor input Tr18 Drum indicator 0[H(24V)]: SOL. OFF
Pi2 Main speed input SOL. (M) 1[L(0V)]: SOL. ON
Pi3 Drum indicator (S) input Tr19 Spare output
Pi4 Drum indicator (M) input Tr20 Spare output
Serial signal input from AML Tr21 Drum indicator 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
(LED 1) 1[L(0V)]: Indicator lit
Tr22 Drum indicator 0[H(24V)]: Indicator not lit
Do3 Hook-in 0: Hook-in operation not allowed
1: Hook-in operation allowed
Do4 Spare Ao1 Fuel gauge
Do5 Spare Po4 Air pressure
Do6 0: No O/R retraction detected gauge
Response to
outrigger retraction 1: O/R retraction detected Po5 T/C pressure
operation detection gauge
Do8 Spare
Upper unit output
152 W303-0257E
Data table

Serial signal output to AML
Do36 Spare
Do37 Spare
ANIN1 Spare
Do38 AML alarm
ANIN2 FL
Do39 Spare
ANIN3 FR
Do40 Spare
ANIN4 RL
ANIN5 RR
performed
Di2 Spare
Di3 Spare
Di4 Spare
Di5 Spare
Di6 Spare
Di7 Spare
Di8 Spare

Do1 Steering low-pressure alarm
Do2 SUS LOCK
Do3 LOW
Do4 4WD
Do5 Lock pin
Do6 Spare
Do7 Rear center
Do8 Exhaust brake
Do9 Parking brake
Do10 Lock up
Do11 PTO/travel
Do12 Spare
Do13 WORK LAMP
Do14 PTO
Do15 Jib lock
0: not lit
1: lit
Do18 Hook-in
Do19 Shift 1st
Do20 Shift 2nd
Do21 Shift 3rd
Do22 Shift N
Do23 Shift D
Do24 Shift R
Do25 Spare
Do30 CHG
Do31 Speed warning
Do32 Engine overrun warning 0: not lit
Do33 Low fuel level warning 1: lit
Do34 MDT failure
153 W303-0257E
Data table
6.2 Lower I/O signal lists Di18(-) 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Water

level normal
Lower unit input WIF lamp
1[L(0V)]: Water level more
Signal Signal name Signal detail than requlations
Di1(-) Brake fluid level 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di19(-) Steering pump 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Low
detection Sufficient fluid low pressure pressure detection
1[L(0V)]: Insufficient fluid OFF
Di2(-) Engine oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: 1[L(0V)]: Low pressure
low-pressure Normal pressure detection ON
1[L(0V)]: Low pressure Di20(-) Spare input(-)
Di3(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di21(-) Spare input(-)
(parking brake) Parking brake released Di22(-) Spare input(-)
1[L(0V)]: Parking brake applied Di23(-) Spare input(-)
Di4(-) Lock pin ‘OUT’ 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di24(-) Spare input(-)
detection ‘OUT’ detection OFF Di25(+) Engine start 0[L(0V)]: Engine start OFF
1[L(0V)]: ‘OUT’ detection ON 1[H(24V)]: Engine start ON
Di5(-) Lock pin ‘IN’ 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di26(+) Outrigger switch 0[L(0V)]: Outrigger switch
detection ‘IN’ detection OFF neutral neutral
1[L(0V)]: ‘IN’ detection ON 1[H(24V)]: Outrigger switch
Di6(-) Straight ahead 0[H(approx. 12V)]: operation
Di27(+) Outrigger 0[L(0V)]: Outrigger accelerator
detection Straight wheels not detected OFF
1[L(0V)]: accelerator
1[H(24V)]: Outrigger
Straight wheels detected accelerator ON
Di7(-) Fuel level 0(approx. 12V): Di28(+) Spare input(+)
detection Warning detection OFF Di29(+) Spare input(+)
1[L(0V)]: Di30(+) Spare input(+)
Warning detection ON Di31(+) Spare input(+)
Di8(-) 4WD detection 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Di32(+) Spare input(+)
4WD not detected
1[L(0V)]: 4WD detected
Lower unit input
Signal
Di9(-) Air low-pressure 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Signal Signal name
detail
Normal pressure
1[L(0V)]: Low pressure Ai1 FL O/R length detection iuput
Hydraulic oil Ai2 FR O/R length detection iuput
Di10(-) 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Detection
temp. OFF Ai3 RL O/R length detection iuput
50°C (122°F) Ai4 RR O/R length detection iuput
Di11(-) Hydraulic oil 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Detection Ai5 T/C pressure input
temp. OFF Ai6 Spare analog input
85°C (185°F) Ai7 Spare analog input
Di12(-) Spare input(-) Ai8 Spare analog intput
Di13(-) DIAG lamp 1 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Engine ECU Ai9 Spare analog input
failure malfunction Ai10 Spare analog input
generation
Ai11 fuel sender input
1[L(0V)]: Engine ECU failure
malfunction Ai12 (CHG) Charging lamp input
non-generation Pi3 Sub-speed input
Di14(-) DIAG lamp 2 0[H(approx. 12V)]: Engine ECU
failure malfunction Lower unit output
generation Signal Signal name Signal detail
1[L(0V)]: Engine ECU failure RY1 FL 0[L(0V)]: O/R FL output OFF
malfunction
non-generation
Spare input(-) RY2 FR 0[L(0V)]: O/R FR output OFF
Di15(-)
Spare input(-) 1[H(24V)]: O/R FR output ON
Di16(-)
RY3 RL 0[L(0V)]: O/R RL output OFF
Di17(-) 0[H(approx. 12V)]:
WTS lamp 1[H(24V)]: O/R RL output ON
Grid heater OFF
1[L(0V)]: Grid heater ON RY4 RR 0[L(0V)]: O/R RR output OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R RR output ON
RY5 Ext. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ext. output OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R Ext. output ON
154 W303-0257E
Data table
RY6 Ret. 0[L(0V)]: O/R Ret. output OFF RY42 Lock up 0[L(0V)]: Lock up OFF
1[H(24V)]: O/R Ret. output ON 1[H(24V)]: Lock up ON
RY43 Transmission A 0[L(0V)]: Transmission
RY7 Jack/slider 0[L(0V)]: O/R slider sol. A OFF
selector 1[H(24V)]: O/R jack 1[H(24V)]: Transmission
RY8 Outrigger upper 0[L(0V)]: Upper unit not sol. A ON
unit operation operated RY44 Transmission B 0[L(0V)]: Transmission
output 1[H(24V)]: Upper unit operated sol. B OFF
RY9 Hour meter 0[L(0V)]: Engine stop 1[H(24V)]: Transmission
1[H(24V)]: Engine running sol. B ON
RY10 Outrigger 0[L(0V)]: Outrigger accelerator RY45 Transmission C 0[L(0V)]: Transmission
accelerator output OFF sol. C OFF
1[H(24V)]: Outrigger accelerator 1[H(24V)]: Transmission
output ON sol. C ON
RY11 Spare output RY46 Transmission D 0[L(0V)]: Transmission
RY12 Spare output sol. D OFF
Spare output 1[H(24V)]: Transmission
RY13
sol. D ON
RY14 Spare output
RY47 Spare output
RY15 Spare output
RY48 Spare output
RY16 Spare output 0[L(0V)]: Low beam OFF
RY49 Headlamp B
RY17 2-wheel/4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 2-wheel 1(24V): Low beam ON
drive shift 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel RY50 Spring lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock release
RY18 Spare output check release 1[H(24V)]: Spring lock ON
Spare output RY51 Spare output
RY19
Spring lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock release RY52 Spring lock 0[L(0V)]: Spring lock output
RY20 OFF
release output OFF
1[H(24V)]: Spring lock release 1[H(24V)]: Spring lock output
output ON ON
Map shift 0[L(0V)]: Map shift OFF RY53 4-wheel 0[L(0V)]: 4-wheel steering
RY21 steering output OFF
1[H(24V)]: Map shift ON
Headlamp A 0[L(0V)]: High beam OFF 1[H(24V)]: 4-wheel steering
RY22 output ON
1[H(24V)]: High beam ON
RY54 Crab steering 0[L(0V)]: Crab steering output OFF
RY23 Spare output
1[H(24V)]:Crab steering output ON
RY24 Rear steering 0[L(0V)]: Lock output Rear steering 0[H(24V)]: Rear steering output
RY55
lock 1[H(24V)]: Release output OFF
RY25 Exhaust brake 0[L(0V)]: Exhaust brake not 1[L(0V)]: Rear steering output
actived ON
1[H(24V)]: Exhaust brake Reverse 0[L(0V)]: Rererse steering
RY56
actived steering output OFF
RY26 Idle up 0[L(0V)]: Idle revolution keep 1[H(24V)]: Rererse steering
1[H(24V)]: Idle revolution up output ON
RY27 0[L(0V)]: Idle revolution keep PTO limiter 0[H(24V)]: Closed PTO circuit
Idle down Tr1
1[H(24V)]: Idle revolution up 1[L(0V)]: Open PTO circuit
RY30 Spare output Tr3 Steering power 0[H(24V)]: Steering power
supply supply OFF
RY31 Spare output
1[L(0V)]: Steering power
RY32 Spare output supply ON
RY33 Spare output Tr4 Oil cooler 0: Oil cooler not actived
RY34 Spare output 1: Oil cooler actived
RY35 Spare output MSOL1 Power supply 0: Power to RY41,42 OFF
of RY41,42 1: Power to RY41,42 ON
RY36 Spare output
RY37 Spare output of RY43-48 1: Power to RY43-48 ON
RY38 Spare output
Lower unit output
RY39 Spare output
RY40 Spare output
Ao1 Accelerator sensor
RY41 Transmission N 0[L(0V)]: Transmission N
output OFF Ao2 Spare analog output
1[H(24V)]: Transmission N Ao3 Spare analog output
output ON
155 W303-0257E
Data table
Data table
The kinds of applicable data are different

depending on crane models.
The table below shows the applicable data for
each model. (*1) : Applicable TR-450XL-4 (540294-540338)
: Applicable data (*2) : Applicable TR-450XL-4 (540294-540339)
- : Non-applicable data
See TR-600XL-4 TR-600XXL-4(*)
page for TR-450XL-4 TR-600XXL-4 TR-800XXL-4(*) TR-300XL-4
Item TR-500XL-4(*) TR-150XL-4
the TR-500XL-4 TR-800XXL-4 GR-700EXL-1(*) GR-300EX-1
details GR-700EXL-1 GR-550EX-1
1.1 158 - - - - -
1.2 158 - - - - -
One-to-one input/output 1.3 159 - - - - -
1 system 1.4 159 - - - - -
1.5 160 - - - - -
1.6 161 - - - - -
2 Parking lamp 2.1 162
3 Parking alarm 3.1 163
4 CHG lamp 4.1 164
5 Headlamp 5.1 165
6 Rear steering lock 6.1 166 - - - - -
7 Rear steering lock pin lamp 7.1 167 - - - - -
8 Rear steering lock (Lower) 8.1 168 (*)-
9.1 169 -
9 Rear center lamp
9.2 169 - - - - -
10.1 170 - - - -
10 Outriggers 10.2 171 - - - -
10.3 172 - - - -
11.1 173 - - - -
Outrigger switch neutral
11 position detection 11.2 174 - - -
11.3 175 - - - - -
Outrigger retraction
12 operation detection 12.1 176
13.1 177 - -
13 Exhaust brake
13.2 178 - - - -
(*2)
High/Low and 14.1 179 - - - - - -
14 2-wheel/4-wheel drive
14.2 180 - - -
mode selector
14.3 181 - - - - -
15.1 182 - - - -
Engine revolution
15 detection 15.2 183 - - - -
15.3 184 - - - -
16.1 185 - - - -
Speed warning and
16 overrun warning 16.2 186 - - - -
16.3 187 - - - -
156 W303-0257E
Data table
See TR-600XL-4 TR-600XXL-4(*)

page for TR-450XL-4 TR-600XXL-4 TR-800XXL-4(*) TR-300XL-4
Item TR-500XL-4(*) TR-150XL-4
the TR-500XL-4 TR-800XXL-4 GR-700EXL-1(*) GR-300EX-1
details GR-700EXL-1 GR-550EX-1
17.1 188 - -
17 PTO limiter
17.2 189 - - - -
Torque converter low 18.1 190 -
18 pressure warning 18.2 191 - - - - -
19 Air heater 19.1 192 - - - -
Hydraulic oil temperature 20.1 193 - -
20 indicator 20.2 194 - - - -
21 Low fuel warning 21.1 195
22 Jib lock lamp 22.1 196
23 Air pressure detection 23.1 197
Torque converter pressure
24 detection 24.1 198
25.1 199 - - - - -
25.2 201 - - - - -
25.3 203 - - - - -
25 Steering
25.4 205 - - - - -
25.5 207 - - - - -
25.6 209 - - - - -
26 Reverse steering 26.1 212 - - -
27.1 213 - - - -
27 Spring lock 27.2 215 - - - - -
27.3 218 - - - - -
28 Suspension lock 28.1 221 - - - -
29.1 222 - - - - -
29.2 227 - - - - -
29.3 232 - - - - -
29 Transmission
29.4 236 - - - - -
29.5 240 - - - - -
29.6 247 - - - - -
30 PTO travel lamp 30.1 253
C/W
31 mounting/dismounting 31.1 254 - - - -
warning
T/C oil temperature
32 warning 32.1 255 - - -
33 Electronic governor 33.1 256 - - - -
Steering pump 34.1 258 - - - - -
34 Low-pressure alarm 34.2 259 - - - - -
Wiper control Applicable Applicable Applicable

35 35.1 260 -
Serial No. Serial No. Serial No.
540396-- 545800-- 560786--
36 Drum indicator 36.1 262 - - - - -
157 W303-0257E
Data table
1. One-to-one input/output system 1.2 Applicable model: TR-500XL-4 (*)
1. Signal transmitted to combination meter that is put

1.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4 and
in one-to-one correspondence with upper unit
TR-500XL-4
input signal
1. Di33 (exhaust brake) Do8 (exhaust brake)
input signal 2. Di35 (working lamp) Do13 (WORK LAMP)
1. Di33 (exhaust brake) Do8 (exhaust brake) 3. Di36 (PTO) Do14 (PTO)
2. Di35 (working lamp) Do13 (WORK LAMP) 2. Signal transmitted to combination meter that is put
in one-to-one correspondence with lower unit
3. Di36 (PTO) Do14 (PTO)
input signal
1. Di2 (engine oil low-pressure) Do27 (engine
oil low-pressure warning)
input signal
2. Di8 (4WD detection) Do4 (4WD)
oil low-pressure warning) 3. Di9 (air low-pressure) Do26 (air
low-pressure warning)
4. Di10 (steering pump low-pressure warning)
3. Di9 (air low-pressure) Do26 (air
Do1 (steering pump low-pressure warning)
5. Di18 (Water separator) Do17 (Water
separator)
in one-to-one correspondence with received serial
signal from AML 3. Signal transmitted to combination meter that is put
1. Do1 (AML cancellation) Do38 (AML alarm)
signal from AML
4. Signal output from lower unit that is put in
one-to-one correspondence with upper unit input
signal 4. Signal output from lower unit that is put in
1. Di32 (clearance lamp) Tr2 (clearance lamp)
signal
5. Signal output from upper unit that is put in

one-to-one correspondence with lower unit input
signal
1. Di17 (glow lamp) Tr3 (glow lamp)
[NOTICE]
When power is ON or the system is checked,

upper unit output Tr3 is ON for 0.5 seconds.
158 W303-0257E
Data table
1.3 Applicable model: TR-600XL-4, 1.4 Applicable model: TR-600XXL-4 (*),

TR-600XXL-4,TR-800XXL-4 TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-700EXL-1 and GR-550EX-1
1. Signal transmitted to combination meter that is put 1. Signal transmitted to combination meter that is put
in one-to-one correspondence with upper unit in one-to-one correspondence with upper unit
input signal input signal
1. Di33 (exhaust brake) Do8 (exhaust brake) 1. Di33 (exhaust brake) Do8 (exhaust brake)
2. Di35 (working lamp) Do13 (WORK LAMP) 2. Di35 (working lamp) Do13 (WORK LAMP)

input signal
input signal
4. Di10 (steering pump low-pressure detection)
4. Di10 (steering pump low-pressurre detection)
Do1 (steering pump low-pressure warning)
Do1 (steering pump low-pressurre detection)
5. Di11 (Low detection) Do3 (Low)
5. Di1 (Low detection) Do3 (Low)
6. Di18 (Water separator) Do17 (Water
separator)
signal from AML 3. Signal transmitted to combination meter that is put
signal from AML
signal 4. Signal output from lower unit that is put in
signal
5. Signal output from upper unit that is put in

signal
1. Di17 (glow lamp) Tr3 (glow lamp)
[NOTICE]
When power is ON or the system is checked, upper
unit output Tr3 is ON for 0.5 seconds.
159 W303-0257E
Data table

GR-300EX-1 5. Signal output from upper unit that is put in
1. Signal transmitted to combination meter that is put signal
input signal 1. Di17 (WTS lamp) Tr3 (glow lamp)
1. Di33 (exhaust brake) Do8 (exhaust brake) [NOTICE]

2. Di35 (working lamp) Do13 (WORK LAMP) unit output Tr3 is ON for 0.5 seconds

input signal
1. Di2 (engine oil low-pressure)

Do27 (engine oil low-pressure warning)
3. Di9 (air low-pressure)

Do26 (air low-pressure warning)
4. Di18 (WIF lamp) Do17 (water separator)

signal from AML

signal
2. Di41 (oil cooler) Tr4 (oil cooler)
3. Di47 (idle up) RY26 (idle up)
4. Di48 (idle down) RY27 (idle down)
5. Di34 (input spare 1) RY12 (output spare 1)
160 W303-0257E
Data table
1.6 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 5. Signal output from upper unit that is put in
signal.
input signal 1. Di42 (horn) Tr4 (horn)
1. Di33 (exhaust brake) Do8 (exhaust brake) 6. Signal output from upper unit that is put in
2. Di35 (working lamp) Do13 (WORK LAMP)
signal
1. Di17 (WTS lamp) Tr3 (glow lamp)
[NOTICE]
input signal
unit output Tr3 is ON for 0.5 seconds.
1. Di2 (engine oil low-pressure)
Do27 (engine oil low-pressure warning)
3. Di9 (air low-pressure)

Do26 (air low-pressure warning)
4. Di18 (WIF lamp) Do17 (water separator)

signal from AML
2. Do3 (hook in) Do18 (HOOK IN)

signal
2. Di41 (oil cooler) Tr4 (oil cooler)
3. Di47 (idle up) RY26 (idle up)
4. Di48 (idle down) RY27 (idle down)
161 W303-0257E
Data table
2. Parking lamp
2.1 Applicable model:

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4
1. The parking lamp lights up when the parking

brake switch is ON or the parking brake is applied.
2. The parking lamp goes out when the parking

brake is released while the parking brake switch is
OFF. However, the parking brake indicator does
not go out when the parking brake is released with
low brake fluid level.
Serial signal output

Upper unit input status Lower unit input status status to combination
meter
Di37 Di3 Di1
TXD3 (Do9)
(parking brake) (air low-pressure (parking (brake fluid level
(parking brake)
brake)) detection)
0 1
0 0 - 1
1 1
1 1
1 0
0 0
1:switch contact
Remarks
closed (H) 1: switch contact closed (L) 1: level "H"

0:switch contact open 0: switch contact open (H) 0: level "L"
(L)
162 W303-0257E
Data table
3. Parking alarm

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. The alarm buzzer sounds when the gearshift lever

is moved to a position other than "N" while the
parking brake is applied. (The parking brake
input signal is "0" and the air low-pressure
(parking brake) input is "1".)
2. The alarm buzzer sounds if the parking brake MDT

does not function when the parking brake switch
is turned ON or if the parking brake is not Alarm
released when the parking brake switch is turned

OFF.
3. The alarm buzzer sounds when the parking brake 24 v

is released while the air pressure is low.
Upper unit output

Upper unit input status Lower unit input status
status
Gearshift status Di3
Di37 Di9 Tr1
(air low-pressure
(parking brake) (air low-pressure) (alarm buzzer)
(N) (parking brake))
1 0
0 1 -
0 1
0 0
- - *1
1 1
1 1
- 1 0
0 0
1: switch contact closed (H) 1: switch contact closed (L) 1: transistor ON
0: switch contact open (L) 0: switch contact open (H) 0: transistor OFF
Remarks
NOTICE 1: The output status of *1 becomes "1" after 2 seconds since the conditions for status change
from "0" to "1" were met.
NOTICE 2: When only one of the gearshift inputs {R, N, D, 3rd (not available for some models), 2nd
and 1st} is "1", the gearshift status is renewed. Otherwise the previous status remains.
163 W303-0257E
Data table
4. CHG lamp

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. The CHG lamp lights up when the power supply

voltage on the upper unit is under 23.5V or the
alternator is not generating electricity.
Serial signal output status to

Upper unit input status Lower unit input status
combination meter
MPOW CHG TXD3 (Do30)
(power supply voltage) (charging lamp) (CHG)
V2 16 0
V1 23.5
V2<16
V2 16 1
V1<23.5
V2<16
Remarks
1: level "H"
V1: voltage of MPOW [V] V2: voltage of CHG [V]
0: level "L"
164 W303-0257E
Data table
5. Headlamp

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. A signal corresponding to high/low beam is output

to the headlamp relay depending on the headlamp
operating switch.
2. The indicator lights up while the headlamp

operating switch is set to the high beam side.
Upper unit output

Upper unit input status Lower unit output status
status
Remarks
Di30 Di31 Tr2 RY22 RY49
(headlamp A) (headlamp B) (high beam lamp) (headlamp A) (headlamp B)
0
0 0 0 0 No light
1
0 1 1 0 High beam
1
1 0 0 1 Low beam
1:switch contact –closed
1:transistor ON 1:relay contact ON
Remarks
(H)
0:transistor OFF 0:relay contact OFF
0:switch contact – open (L)
NOTICE 1:Upper unit output Tr2 is turned ON for 0.5 second when the power supply is turned on
or the system check switch is pressed.
165 W303-0257E
Data table
6. Rear steering lock
1. When the rear steering lock operation is

performed while the rear steering is in a straight
ahead condition, the signal to insert a lock pin is
output. In other conditions, the signal to pull out
the lock pin is output.
2. When the transmission is shifted to High 2nd,

High 3rd or Low 3rd, the lock pin pull-out
operation is prohibited.
Upper unit input Lower unit input Lower unit output

Upper unit status
status status status
Di6 Remarks
Transmission Di28 RY24
Hi/Lo (straight ahead
output status (rear steering lock) (rear steering lock)
detection)
Output for
0 1 0
insertion
Other than 3rd
0 0 Output for
1
1 - pulling out
Lo
Output for
0 1 0
insertion
3rd
0 0 Previous status is
1 - retained.
Output for
0 1 0
Other than 2nd insertion
and 3rd 0 0 Output for
1
1 - pulling out
Hi
Output for
0 1 0
insertion
2nd and 3rd
1 - retained.
1: switch contact 1: switch contact
closed (H) closed (H) 1: relay contact ON
Remarks
0: switch contact 0: switch contact 0: relay contact OFF

open (L) open (L)
NOTICE 1:The upper unit status High/low and the transmission output status are those determined by
"High/low shift, 2-wheel/4-wheel drive shift function" and "transmission function"
respectively.
166 W303-0257E
Data table
7. Rear steering lock pin lamp
1. The lock pin lamp:

Turned off when the rear steering lock pin is
inserted,
Lights up when the lock pin is pulled out, or
Flashes when the lock pin is neither inserted nor
pulled out.
2. If the lock pin comes off when the rear steering

lock pin pull-out operation is prohibited, the lock
pin lamp flashes at a higher speed.
Serial signal output status

Upper unit status Upper unit input status
to combination meter
Transmission Di4 Di5 TXD3 (Do5)
Hi/Lo
output status (lock pin "out" detection) (lock pin “in” detection) (lock pin)
1 0 1
Other than 0 1 0
3rd 1 1
1/0*1
0 0
Lo
1 0 1/0*2
0 1 0
3rd
1 1
1/0*1
0 0
1 0 1
Other than 0 1 0
2nd or 3rd 1 1
1/0*1
0 0
Hi
1 0 1/0*2
0 1 0
2nd and 3rd
1 1
1/0*1
0 0
1: level "H"
1: switch contact closed (L) 0: level "L"
0: switch contact open (H) 1/0*1: at 0.8 sec interval
Remarks
1/0*2: at 0.4 sec interval

NOTICE 1:The upper unit status High/low and the transmission output status are those determined by
"High/low shift, 2-wheel/4-wheel drive shift function" and "transmission function"
respectively.
167 W303-0257E
Data table
8. Rear steering lock (lower)

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. When the straight ahead detection is turned ON

while the hydraulic lock signal received from the
upper unit is ON, the Tr3 (Steering power supply)
output is turned OFF and the hydraulic lock of the
rear steering is applied.
2. When the hydraulic lock signal received from the

upper unit is OFF or the straight ahead detection
is OFF, the Tr3 (Steering power supply) received
from the upper unit is output as it is.
Data received from Lower unit input Data received from Lower unit output
upper unit status upper unit status
Di6 Tr3 Tr3 Remarks
(*1)
(Straight ahead (steering power (steering power
Hydraulic lock
detection) supply) supply)
0 0 As shown in the
0 -
1 1 received data
0 0 decided in the upper
0
1 1 unit.
1
Steering power
1 - 0
supply : OFF
1: switch contact
Remarks
1: level "H" closed (L) 1: level "H" 1: transistor ON

0: level "L" 0: switch contact 0: level "L" 0: transistor OFF State of steering
open (H) cylinder hydraulic lock
(*1) for TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4(*), TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1,

TR-600XXL-4(*), TR-800XXL-4(*), GR-700EXL-1(*), GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1
: The rear steering lock pin “in/out” detection switch doesn’t exist, therefore the hydraulic lock signal
received from the upper unit is always considered to be “1”.
However, when the steering wheel is 2wheel and reverse steering, the hydraulic lock signal is “0”.
168 W303-0257E
Data table
9. Rear center lamp

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4 and
GR-300EX-1
1. The rear center lamp is turned OFF when the

rear steering is straight, or turned ON when the
rear steering is not straight.
Lower unit input status Serial signal output status to combination meter
Di6 TXD3 (Do6)
(straight ahead detection) (rear center)
0 1
1 0
Remarks
1: switch contact closed (L) 1: level "H"

0: switch contact open (H) 0: level "L"
1. The rear center lamp:

Lights up when the rear steering lock pin is
pulled out and the rear steering is straight, or
Turned off when the rear steering is inserted or
the rear steering is not straight.

Lower unit input status status to combination
meter
Di4 Di5 Di6 TXD3 (Do7)
(lock pin "out" (lock pin “in” (straight ahead (rear center)
detection) detection) detection)
- - 0
0
0 1 1
1 0 1 1
Previous status is
Combination other than the above
retained.
Remarks

169 W303-0257E
Data table
10. Outriggers
10.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, 2. When ALL or individual operation is performed

TR-500XL-4 and TR-500XL-4 (*) while Ext./Ret. and Jack/Slider are selected, the
signal corresponding to the selected operation is
1. The outrigger operation is disabled while the
output.
spring lock is not completed or the gearshift lever
is not in the neutral (N) position.
Spring lock is not completed.

Tr15 is ON.
B contact of R28 (remoto control pressure cut relay) is open.
SL102 (Remoto control pressure vent solenoid valve) is not energized. Not used for
Crane operation is impossible. these models
Upper unit
output status
Tr15 Di6 Di13 Di14 Di15 Di16 Di8 Di9 Di10 Di11 Di12 RY5 RY6 RY7 RY1 RY2 RY3 RY4 RY8
(spring lock (N) (Ext.) (Ret.) (Jack) (Slider) (ALL) (FL) (FR) (RL) (RR) (Ext.) (Ret.) (Jack/ (FL) (FR) (RL) (RR) (Outrigger
upper
state slider
operation
detection) selector) output)
1 -
- - - -
- 0
- - - - - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
1 1 - -
- - 1 1
1 0 0 0
0 0 0
0 1 0 0
- - - - - 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 1
0 0 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 1
1 0 1 0
0 1 0 1
1 - - - - 1 1 1
1 0 1
0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1
1 0 1
1 0 0 0
*a 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 1
1 0 1 0
0 1 0
0 *1 *1
1 0 1
0 1 0 1
0 1 0
1: switch contact closed (H) 1: relay contact ON
*2
0: switch contact open (L) 0: relay contact OFF
Remarks
*1. Di9 and RY1; Di10 and RY2; Di11 and RY3; and Di12 and RY4 are in one-to-one correspondence. However, the
correspondence enclosed in *a is applied if all of Di9, Di10, Di11 and Di12 are "0".
*2. 1: transistor ON, 0: transistor OFF
170 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-600XXL-4,TR-800XXL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-550EX-1

outrigger operation by the lower unit is not in
neutral or the gearshift lever is not in the neutral
(N) position.
2. While the outrigger operation is performed by the

upper unit, a signal is output to make the outrigger
operation by the lower unit impossible.
3. When ALL or individual operation is performed Outrigger upper operation is operated.

while Ext./Ret. and Jack/Slider are selected, the RY 8 is ON.
signal corresponding to the selected operation is B contact of RB6 (lower outrigger operation relay) is open.
Lower operation box power supply is cut.
output.
Lower unit
input status Upper unit input status Lower unit output status
Di26 Di6 Di13 Di14 Di15 Di16 Di8 Di9 Di10 Di11 Di12 RY5 RY6 RY7 RY1 RY2 RY3 RY4 RY8
(outrigger (N) (Ext.) (Ret.) (Jack)(Slider) (ALL) (FL) (FR) (RL) (RR) (Ext.) (Ret.) (Jack/ (FL) (FR) (RL) (RR) (Outrigger
switch in upper
neutral) slider
selector) operation
output)
1 -
- - - -
- 0
0 0 0 0 - - - - - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
- - 1 1 - -
- - 1 1
1 0 0 0
0 0 0
0 1 0 0
- - - - - 0 0 0 0
1 0 1
0 0 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 1
1 0 1 0
0 1 0
1 - - - - 1 1 1 1
1 0 1
0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1 0 1
1 0 1
1 0 0 0
*a 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 1
1 0 1 0
0 1 0
0 *1 *1
1 0 1
0 1 0 1
0 1 0
Remarks

*1. Di9 and RY1; Di10 and RY2; Di11 and RY3; and Di12 and RY4 are in one-to-one correspondence.
However, the correspondence enclosed in *a is applied if all of Di9, Di10, Di11 and Di12 are "0".
171 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-300XL-4 ,GR-300EX-1
and TR-150XL-4

spring lock is not completed or the outrigger
operation by the lower unit is not in neutral or the
gearshift lever is not in the neutral (N) position.
2. While the outrigger operation is performed by the

upper unit, a signal is output to make the outrigger
operation by the lower unit impossible.
3. When ALL or individual operation is performed

while Ext./Ret. and Jack/Slider are selected, the
signal corresponding to the selected operation is
output.
Not used for TR-150XL-4
Refer to page 170 Refer to page 171
Upper unit Lower unit

output status input status Upper unit input status Lower unit output status
Tr15 Di26 Di6 Di13 Di14 Di15 Di16 Di8 Di9 Di10 Di11 Di12 RY5 RY6 RY7 RY1 RY2 RY3 RY4 RY8
(Spring (outrigger (N) (Ext.) (Ret.) (Jack) (Slider) (ALL) (FL) (FR) (RL) (RR) (Ext.) (Ret.) (Jack/ (FL) (FR) (RL) (RR) (Outrigge
lock state switch in slider r upper
defection) neutral) selector) operation
output)
1 - -
- 1 - - - - -
- - 0
- - - - - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
- - - 1 1 - -
- - 1 1
1 0 0 0
0 0 0
0 1 0 0
- - - - - 0 0 0 0
1 0 1
0 0 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 1
1 0 1 0
0 1 0
1 - - - - 1 1 1 1
1 0 1
0 1 0 1
0 0 1 0 1 0 1
1 0 1
1 0 0 0
*a 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 1
1 0 1 0
0 1 0
0 *1 *1
1 0 1
0 1 0 1
0 1 0
1:transistor ON 1: switch contact closed (H) 1: relay contact ON
Remarks
1:transistor OFF 0: switch contact open (L) 0: relay contact OFF

*1. Di9 and RY1; Di10 and RY2; Di11 and RY3; and Di12 and RY4 are in one-to-one correspondence. However, the
correspondence enclosed in *a is applied if all of Di9, Di10, Di11 and Di12 are "0".
172 W303-0257E
Data table
11. Outrigger switch neutral position

detection

TR-500XL-4 and TR-500XL-4 (*)
1. The outrigger switch out-of-neutral warning

indicator is lit when the upper unit Ext. /Ret. or
jack/slider selector switches are not in the neutral
positions.
2. The alarm buzzer sounds intermittently if no

outrigger operation is performed for 10 seconds
while Ext./Ret. or Jack/Slider selector switches
are not in the neutral positions.
Upper unit input status Serial signal output status Upper unit output status
TXD3 (Do35)
Di16
Di13 (Ext.) Di14 (Ret.) Di15 (Jack) (Slider) (O/R switch neutral Tr1 (alarm buzzer)
position)
0 0 0 0 0 0
Combination other than the above 1 *1
1: transistor ON
1: switch contact closed (H) 1: level "H" 0: transistor OFF
Remarks
0: switch contact open (L) 0: level "L" 1/0: alternates ON and OFF at
0.6 second intervals.
*1. Output is "1/0" if all of upper unit inputs Di8, Di9, Di10, Di11 and Di12 remain "0" for more than 10
seconds continuously. Output is "0" if any of the above inputs is "1".
173 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
TR-600XXL-4 (*), TR-800XXL-4 (*),
GR-700EXL-1 (*), GR-550EX-1,

indicator is lit when the upper unit/lower unit
outrigger operation switches are not in the neutral
positions.

while the upper unit Ext./Ret. or Jack/Slider
selector switches are not in the neutral positions.
Lower unit input Serial signal Upper unit output
Upper unit input status status output status to status
combination meter
Di13 Di14 Di15 Di16 TXD3 (Do35)
Di26 (outrigger Tr1
switch in neutral) (O/R switch
(Ext.) (Ret.) (Jack) (Slider) (alarm buzzer)
neutral position)
0 0
0 0 0 0 0
1
1
Combination other than the above - *1
1: transistor ON
0: transistor OFF
1: switch contact closed (H) 1: level "H"
Remarks
1/0: alternates ON
0: switch contact open (L) 0: level "L"
and OFF at 0.6
second intervals.
*1. Output is "1/0" if all of upper unit inputs Di8, Di9, Di10, Di11 and Di12 remain "0" for more than 10
seconds continuously. Output is "0" if any of the above inputs is "1".
174 W303-0257E
Data table

indicator is lit and a signal to disable the air
conditioner by energizing a relay by Tr1 is output
when the upper unit/lower unit outrigger operation
switches are not in the neutral positions.

while the upper unit Ext./Ret. or Jack/Slider
selector switches are not in the neutral positions.
Not used for this model
Serial signal
Upper unit input status Lower unit output status to Upper unit output status
input status combination
meter
Di26 TXD3 (Do35) Tr14
Di13 Di14 Di15 Di16 (outrigger Tr1
(O/R switch (O/R and SP lock (alarm buzzer)
(Ext.) (Ret.) (Jack) (Slider) switch in neutral position) states detection)
neutral)
0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
1
Combination other than the 1 1
- *1
above
1: transistor ON
0: transistor OFF
1: switch contact closed (H) 1: level "H" 1: transistor ON
1/0: alternates ON
0: switch contact open (L) 0: level "L" 0: transistor OFF
and OFF at 0.6
second intervals.
*1. Output is "1/0" if all of upper unit inputs Di8, Di9, Di10, Di11 and Di12 remain "0" for more than 10 seconds
continuously. Output is "0" if any of the above inputs is "1".
175 W303-0257E
Data table
12. Outrigger retraction operation

detection

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. Retraction operation signal is output to AML when

outrigger retraction operation is detected while the
PTO is engaged.
2. Retracted status is stored in the EEPROM when

outrigger retraction operation is detected while the
PTO is disengaged.
3. Retraction operation signal is output to AML if

retracted status is stored in the EEPROM while
the PTO is engaged. If a response comes from
AML, output of retraction operation signal stops
and status stored in the EEPROM is cleared.
Monitor signal of RY6 output
Lower unit input Serial signal input Serial signal output

Upper unit input status
status status from AML status to AML
Do6
MONI6 Di1
Di36 (response to O/R
(outrigger retraction (O/R retraction
(PTO) retraction operation
operation detection) operation detection)
retraction)
0 - 0
0
1 - *1
0 *2
0
1 1 *3
1 - 1
1: switch contact
closed (H) 1: monitor ON (H) 1: level "H" 1: level "H"
0: switch contact 0: monitor OFF (L) 0: level "L" 0: level "L"
open (L)
Remarks
*1. Output is "0". Outrigger retraction operation status in EEPROM becomes "1".
*2. Output is "0" if outrigger retraction operation status is "0". Output is "1" if outrigger
retraction operation status is "1".
*3. Output is "0". If outrigger retraction operation status is "1", "0" is written.
176 W303-0257E
Data table
13. Exhaust brake

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-550EX-1
1. The exhaust brake is actuated when the exhaust

brake switch is ON, the gearshift lever is out of "N"
position.
2. The exhaust brake is not actuated when the

gearshift lever is in "D" position and the vehicle
speed is under 1 km/h (0.62mi/h).
Di33 Gearshift status Pi2 RY21

(exhaust brake) (D) (N) (main speed) (exhaust brake)
0 - -
-
0 1 0
-
1 - Vs<1
1 Vs 1
1 0 1
0 -
1: switch contact closed (H) Vs: vehicle speed 1: relay contact ON
0: switch contact open (L) (km/h) 0: relay contact OFF
Remarks
NOTICE 1: If the main speed input signal is erroneous (error 01), the main speed is supposed to be
Vs 1.
NOTICE 2: When only one of the gearshift inputs {R, N, D, 3rd (not available for some models), 2nd and
1st} is "1", the gearshift status is renewed. Otherwise the previous status remains.
177 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-300XL-4 , GR-300EX-1
and TR-150XL-4
1. The exhaust brake is actuated when the exhaust

brake switch is ON, the gearshift lever is out of "N"
position.
Di33 Gearshift status RY25

(exhaust brake) (N) (exhaust brake)
0 -
0
1
1
0 1
Remarks

NOTICE 1 When only one of the gearshift inputs {R, N, D, 3rd (not available for
some models), 2nd and 1st} is "1", the gearshift status is renewed.
Otherwise the previous status remains.
178 W303-0257E
Data table
14. High/Low and 2-wheel/4-wheel drive

mode selector
14.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4 (--540339)
1. "2-wheel drive Hi", "4-wheel drive Hi" or "4-wheel

drive Lo" status is output according to the drive
mode select switch position.
The indicator is lit while "Lo" mode is selected.
2. The LOW indicator is not lit while the emergency

transmission is functioning because only "Hi"
mode is effective due to external circuits
regardless of the select switch position.
3. Drive mode selection operation is not allowed

while the vehicle speed is over 5 km/h (3.1mi/h).
However, the drive mode is forcibly shifted to "Hi"
when the emergency transmission is made to
function.
Serial signal output Lower unit output

Upper unit input status status to combination
meter status
Di26 Remarks
Pi2 Di25 Di1 RY17
(2-wheel/ TXD3 (Do3)
(main (high/low (emergency (2-wheel/4-wheel
4-wheel (LOW)
speed) shift) transmission) drive shift)
drive shift)
0 0 2-wheel, Hi
0 -
1 1 4-wheel, Hi
0 4-wheel, Hi
0 1
Vs<5 1 Previous status is
1 retained. Hi
1
0 0 1 1 4-wheel, Lo
1 0
Previous status is retained.
0
Vs 5 - - Previous status is
1 0 retained. Hi
Vs: 1: relay contact
vehicle 1: switch contact closed (H) 1: level "H" ON
Remarks
speed 0: switch contact open (L) 0: level "L" 0: relay contact

(km/h) OFF
Vs 5.
179 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-450XL-4 (540340--) , TR-500XL-4, 3. Drive mode selection operation is not allowed
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-300XL-4, while the vehicle speed is over 5 km/h
GR-300EX-1 and TR-150XL-4 (3.1mi/h).However, the drive mode is forcibly
shifted to "Hi" when the emergency transmission
is made to function.
drive Lo" status is output according to the Hi/Lo
select switch position or 2-wheel /4-wheel drive 4. When the output status at 2-wheel/4-wheel drive
select switch position. does not coincide with the detected status, the
The indicator is lit while "Lo" mode is selected. alarm buzzer is sounded if the vehicle speed is
over 1 km/h (0.62 mi/h).
2. The LOW indicator is not lit while the emergency
transmission is functioning because only "Hi"
mode is effective due to external circuits
regardless of the select switch position.
Serial signal output Lower unit output
Upper unit input status status to combination
meter status
Di26 Remarks
Pi2 Di25 Di1 RY17
(2-wheel/ TXD3 (Do3)
(main (high/low (emergency (2-wheel/4-wheel
4-wheel (LOW)
speed) shift) transmission) drive shift)
drive shift)
0 0 2-wheel, Hi
0 -
1 1 4-wheel, Hi
0 4-wheel, Hi
0 1
Vs<5 1 Previous status is
1 retained. Hi
1
0 0 1 1 4-wheel, Lo
1 0
0
Vs 5 - - Previous status is
1 0 retained. Hi
Vs: 1: relay contact
vehicle 1: switch contact closed (H) 1: level "H" ON
Remarks
speed 0: switch contact open (L) 0: level "L" 0: relay contact

(km/h) OFF
Vs 5.
Upper unit status Lower unit input status Upper unit input status Upper unit output status
2-wheel/4-wheel drive Di8 (4WD detection) Pi2 (main speed) Tr1 (alarm buzzer)
0 -
0
2-wheel drive Vs<1
1
Vs 1 1
1 -
0
4-wheel drive Vs<1
0
Vs 1 1
1:switch contact closed (L) Vs : Vehicle speed 1 : transistor ON
Remarks
0:switch contact open (H) (km/h) 0 : transistor OFF

Vs 1.
180 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-600XXL-4,TR-800XXL-4, 3. When the output status does not coincide with the
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*), detected status, the alarm buzzer sounds if the
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*) vehicle speed is over 1 km/h (0.62 mi/h).
and GR-550EX-1

drive Lo" status is output according to the drive
mode select switch position.
2. Drive mode selection operation is not allowed

while the vehicle speed is over 1km/h (0.62mi/h).
However, the drive mode is forcibly shifted to "Hi"
when the emergency transmission is made to
function.
RY17 Remarks
Pi2 Di25 Di26 (2-wheel/ RY18
(2-wheel/4-wheel
(main speed) (high/low shift) 4-wheel drive shift) (Hi/Lo select)
drive shift)
0 0 0 2-wheel, Hi
0
1 1 0 4-wheel, Hi
Vs<1
0 1 1 4-wheel, Lo
1
1
Vs 1 - -
Vs:
vehicle 1: switch contact closed (H) 1: relay contact ON
Remarks
speed 0: switch contact open (L) 0: relay contact OFF

(km/h)
Vs 1.
Upper unit status Lower unit input status Upper unit input status Upper unit output status
2-wheel/4-wheel drive Di8 (4WD Di11 (Lo
Pi2 (main speed) Tr1 (alarm buzzer)
Hi/Lo detection) detection)
0 0 -
0
2-wheel / Hi Combinnation other than Vs<1
the above Vs 1 1
1 0 -
0
4-wheel / Hi Combinnation other than Vs<1
the above Vs 1 0
1 1 -
0
4-wheel / Lo Combinnation other than Vs<1
the above Vs 1 1
1:switch contact closed
Vs : Vehicle speed 1 : transistor ON
Remarks
(L)
(km/h) 0 : transistor OFF
0:switch contact open (H)
Vs 1.
181 W303-0257E
Data table
15. Engine revolution detection
15.1 Applicable model:TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,

TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
TR-800XXL-4 and GR-700EXL-1
1. This function controls the relay either to turn off

the air conditioner while the engine is not running
(the engine speed is 400 min-1 or slower) or to
turn on it when the engine speed exceeds 500
min-1.
Engine speed is less than 400min-1.
Tr16 is ON
B contact of RB5 (air conditioner power supply cut relay) is open
Air conditioner control power supply is cut.
Upper unit input status Upper unit output status
Pi1 Tr16
(tachometer) (engine revolution detection)
Erev 500 0
Erev<400 1
1: transistor ON
Erev: engine speed (min-1)
0: transistor OFF
Remarks
Tr16
(engine revolution detection)
Engine speed (min-1) 400 500
182 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*) GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-550EX-1

min-1 and while the engine is running the output
Refer to page 182
for the hour meter is put out.
Upper unit input status Upper unit output status Lower unit output status
Pi1 Tr16 RY20

(tachometer) (engine revolution detection) (hour meter)
Erev 500 0 1
Erev<400 1 0
1: transistor ON 1: relay contact ON
0: transistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF
Remarks
Tr16 RY20
0 1
1 0
183 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-300XL-4, FR-300EX-1
and TR-150XL-4

min-1 and while the engine is running the output
for the hour meter is put out
Refer to page 182
Pi1 Tr16 RY9

(tachometer) (engine revolution detection) (hour meter)
Erev 500 0 1
Erev<400 1 0
1: transistor ON 1: relay contact ON
0: transistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF
Remarks
Tr16 RY9
0 1
1 0
-1
Engine speed (min ) 400 500
184 W303-0257E
Data table
16. Speed warning and overrun warning
16.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4

and TR-500XL-4 (*)
1. If vehicle speed or engine speed that does not

occur during normal traveling on a flat road is
detected, the alarm buzzer sounds and the speed
warning indicator or overrun warning indicator is
lit.
2. For speed warning, the alarm buzzer sounds

intermittently or continuously depending on the
vehicle speed. And for overrun warning, it
sounds only intermittently.
(1km/h = 0.62mi/h)
Upper unit input status Upper unit output status Serial signal output status
Pi2 Tr1 TXD3 (Do31)
(main speed) (alarm buzzer) (speed warning)
57 Vs<60 1/0
Vs 60 1 1
52＜Vs 58 1/0
Vs 52 0 0
1: transistor ON
0: transistor OFF 1: level "H"
Vs: vehicle speed (km/h)
1/0: alternates ON and OFF at 0.6 0: level "L"
Remarks
second intervals.
Tr1 (alarm buzzer) Continuous

Intermittent
58 60
No sound
Vehicle speed (km/h) 52 57
Pi1 Tr1 TXD3 (Do32)
(tachometer) (alarm buzzer) (engine overrun warning)
Erev≧3030 1/0 1
Erev<2800 0 0
1: transistor ON
Remarks
second intervals.
Tr1 (alarm buzzer) intermittent

No sound
185 W303-0257E
Data table

GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-550EX-1

lit.

(1km/h = 0.62mi/h)
Pi2 Tr1 TXD3 (Do31)
41 Vs<43 1/0
Vs 43 1 1
36＜Vs 40 1/0
Vs 36 0 0
1: transistor ON
Remarks
second intervals.

Intermittent
40 43
No sound
Pi1 Tr1 TXD3 (Do32)
Erev≧3030 1/0 1
Erev<2800 0 0
1: transistor ON
Remarks
second intervals.

No sound
186 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-300XL-4 ,GR-300EX-1
and TR-150XL-4

lit.

(1km/h = 0.62mi/h)
Pi2 Tr1 TXD3 (Do31)
51 Vs<54 1/0
Vs 54 1 1
47＜Vs 52 1/0
Vs 47 0 0
1: transistor ON
Remarks
second intervals.

Intermittent
52 54
No sound
Pi1 Tr1 TXD3 (Do32)
Erev≧2810 1/0 1
Erev<2600 0 0
1: transistor ON
Remarks
second intervals.

No sound
187 W303-0257E
Data table
17. PTO limiter
17.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,

TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-550EX-1
1. To prevent the PTO clutch from engaging while

the engine speed is high, this function makes the
PTO circuit shut off by controlling the relay when
the engine speed exceeds the specified limit.
Pi1 Tr1
(tachometer) (PTO limiter)
Erev 2350 1
Erev<1000 0
Erev : engine speed 1: transistor ON
(min-1) 0: transistor OFF
Remarks
Tr1
(PTO limiter)
188 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-300XL-4 ,GR-300EX-1
and TR-150XL-4
1. To prevent the PTO clutch from engaging while

the engine speed is high, this function makes the
PTO circuit shut off by controlling the relay when
the engine speed exceeds the specified limit.
Pi1 Tr1
(tachometer) (PTO limiter)
Erev 2100 1
Erev<1000 0
Erev : engine speed 1: transistor ON
(min-1) 0: transistor OFF
Remarks
Tr1
(PTO limiter)
189 W303-0257E
Data table
18. Torque converter low pressure

warning

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
GR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL (*),
GR-300EX-1
1. The torque converter oil pressure warning

indicator is lit if the torque converter oil pressure is
below the specified value. The alarm buzzer
sounds if the parking brake is released when the
torque converter oil pressure is below the
specified value.
2. As the torque converter oil pressure drops for a

short period when transmission gears are shifted,
the alarm buzzer sounds only when the pressure
remains below the specified value for more than 3
seconds.
Lower unit input Serial signal output Upper unit output

Upper unit input status status to
status combination meter status
TXD3 (Do28)
Di37 Ai5 Tr1
(T/C oil low-pressure
(parking brake) (T/C pressure) (alarm buzzer)
warning)
P 0.98 {142} 1(3 seconds delayed)
0 0
P 1.03 {149} 0
P 0.98 {142} 1(3 seconds delayed) 1(3 seconds delayed)
1
P 1.03 {149} 0 0
1: switch contact closed

Remarks
(H) P: pressure 1: level "H" 1: transistor ON

0: switch contact open （MPa {psi}） 0: level "L" 0: transistor OFF
(L)
3 seconds 3 seconds
Upper unit input P ≧ 1.03 MPa

Ai5 (T/C pressure) P ≦ 0.98 MPa
Upper unit output 1

Do28 or Tr1 0
(T/C oil low-pressure warning)
IW303-0261J39E
190 W303-0257E
Data table
1. The torque converter oil pressure warning

indicator is lit if the torque converter oil pressure is
below the specified value. The alarm buzzer
sounds if the parking brake is released when the
torque converter oil pressure is below the
specified value.
2. As the torque converter oil pressure drops for a

short period when transmission gears are shifted,
the alarm buzzer sounds only when the pressure
remains below the specified value for more than 3
seconds.
Lower unit input Serial signal output Upper unit output

Upper unit input status status to
status combination meter status
TXD3 (Do28)
Di37 Ai5 Tr1
(T/C oil low-pressure
(parking brake) (T/C pressure) (alarm buzzer)
warning)
P 1.13 {164} 1(3 seconds delayed)
0 0
P 1.18 {171} 0
P 1.13 {164} 1(3 seconds delayed) 1(3 seconds delayed)
1
P 1.18 {171} 0 0

Remarks
(H) P: pressure 1: level "H" 1: transistor ON

0: switch contact open （MPa {psi}） 0: level "L" 0: transistor OFF
(L)
3 seconds 3 seconds
Upper unit input P ≧ 1.18 MPa
Ai5 (T/C pressure) P ≦ 1.13 MPa
Upper unit output 1

Do28 or Tr1 0
(T/C oil low-pressure warning)
IW303-0261J28E
191 W303-0257E
Data table
19. Air heater

TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
TR-800XXL-4 and GR-700EXL-1
1. A signal to energize the air heater relay is output

and the glow lamp lights up as the air heater is
operated.
2. The signal output to the air heater relay turns OFF

when the specified time elapses.
Di34 Tr3 RY23

(air heater) (glow lamp) (air heater)
0 0 0
1 1(8 sec. maximum) 1(8 sec. maximum)
1: switch contact closed (H) 1: level "H" 1: transistor ON
Remarks
0: switch contact open (L) 0: level "L" 0: transistor OFF

NOTICE 1: The upper unit output Tr3 is turned ON for 0.5 second at power-on and
when the system check switch is pressed.
8 seconds 8 seconds
Upper unit input switch contact closed (H)

Di34 (air heater) switch contact open (L)
Upper unit input transistor ON

Tr3 (glow lamp) transistor OFF
Lower unit output relay contact ON

RY23 (air heater) relay contact OFF
IW303-0261J29E
192 W303-0257E
Data table
20. Hydraulic oil temperature indicator

TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-550EX-1
1. The hydraulic oil temperature 50°C (122°F)

indicator lights up when the hydraulic oil
temperature 50°C (122°F) detection switch is
turned ON. When the hydraulic oil temperature
85°C (185°F) detection switch is turned ON, the
50°C (122°F) indicator goes out and the 85°C
(185°F) indicator lights up.
Upper unit input status Serial signal output status to combination

meter
Di51 Di59 TXD3 (Do16) TXD3 (Do29)
[hydraulic oil temp. [hydraulic oil temp. [hydraulic oil temp. [hydraulic oil temp.
50°C (122°F)] 85°C (185°F)] 50°C (122°F) ] 85°C (185°F)]
0 0 0 0
1 0 1 0
- 1 0 1
Remarks

193 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-300XL-4 , GR-300EX-1
and TR-150XL-4
1. The hydraulic oil temperature 50°C (122°F)

indicator lights up when the hydraulic oil
temperature 50°C (122°F) detection switch is
turned ON. When the hydraulic oil temperature
85°C (185°F) detection switch is turned ON, the
50°C (122°F) indicator goes out and the 85°C
(185°F) indicator lights up.
Lower unit input status Serial signal output status to combination

meter
Di10 Di11 TXD3 (Do16) TXD3 (Do29)
[hydraulic oil temp. [hydraulic oil temp. [hydraulic oil temp. [hydraulic oil temp.
50°C (122°F)] 85°C (185°F)] 50°C (122°F) ] 85°C (185°F)]
0 0 0 0
1 0 1 0
- 1 0 1
Remarks

194 W303-0257E
Data table
21. Low fuel warning

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. The low fuel level warning indicator lights up when

the low fuel level detection switch is turned ON.
To prevent false detection by a short switch ON,
the indicator lights up only after the switch is
turned ON continuously for more than 1 second.
Lower unit input status Serial signal output status to

combination meter
Di7 TXD3 (Do33)
(fuel level detection) (low fuel level warning)
0 0
1 1 (1 sec. delayed)
Remarks

1 second 1 second
Lower unit input
1： switch contact ･･･ closed (L)
Di7
(fuel level detection ) 0： switch contact ･･･ open (H)

1：level “H”
status to
combination meter 0：level “L”
Do33
(low fuel level warning)
IW303-0251E03
195 W303-0257E
Data table
22. Jib lock lamp

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. The jib lock indicator lights up when the jib lock

pin is removed.
Upper unit input status Serial signal input status from AML Serial signal output status to
combination meter
Di36 Do2 (*1) Do7 TXD3 (Do15)
（PTO） (jib lock indicator 1) (jib lock indicator 2) （JIB LOCK）
0
0 lit
1
1
0
1
1 not lit
0 - -
1: switch contact
Remarks
closed (H)
1: level "H"
0: switch contact open 0: level "L"
(L)
(*1) : Do7 is not used for TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4, TR-500XL-4 (*),TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*), TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*), GR-550EX-1,
TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1, therefore this serial signal input status is 0.
196 W303-0257E
Data table
23. Air pressure detection

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. The pressure value detected by the air pressure

sensor is converted into a frequency according to
the characteristic curve shown below. The
frequency is then output to the air pressure
gauge.
Upper unit output For meter display

Po4 [Hz]
275
166
119
0 1.23 1.63 2.56 5 Upper unit input

Ai1 [V]
IW303-0261J31E
Ai1 < 2.56〔V〕

Po4〔Hz〕= 117.5×Ai1〔V〕-25.53
Ai1 2.56〔V〕
Po4〔Hz〕= 275
197 W303-0257E
Data table
24. Torque converter pressure detection

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. The pressure value detected by the torque

converter pressure sensor is converted into a
frequency according to the characteristic curve
shown below. The frequency is then output to
the torque converter pressure gauge.
Upper unit output For meter display

Po5 [Hz]
200
190
50
0 0.5 4.5 5 Upper unit input

Ai5 [V]
IW303-0261J32E
Po5〔Hz〕= 35×Ai5〔V〕+ 32.5
198 W303-0257E
Data table
25. Steering
2. When the output of lower unit is abnormal, enters
25.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4 and in the 2-wheel steering mode.
TR-500XL-4 In this time, the indicator for 2-wheel on the
1. The steering mode status (2-wheel, 4-wheel or steering mode select switch is lit, and the indicator
crab) selected with the steering mode select for selected mode flashes when the 4-wheel or
switch is output. crab is selected.
Remarks
Di20 Di21 Di22 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 RY53 RY54 Tr3
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
(steering
(steering
(steering
(2-wheel
(4-wheel
(2-wheel
(4-wheel
mode 1)
mode 2)
supply)
power
(crab
(crab
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2-wheel steering
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 4-wheel steering
1
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 Crab steering
Combination other than the Previous status
*1 *2
above is retained.
1: switch contact closed (H) 1: transistor ON 1: relay contact ON 1: transistor ON
0: switch contact open (L) 0: transistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF 0: transistor OFF
*1.If the previous output status is "0", "0" is output. If the previous output status is “1” ,"1/0" is output.
*2.When all of the lower unit output statuses RY53 and RY54 are "0", this becomes "0". Otherwise this
becomes "1".
199 W303-0257E
Data table
[NOTICE 1.]
At power-on or system check, if all of the upper unit inputs Di20, Di21 and Di22 are "0" or if two or more inputs
are entered at the same time, the previous status is supposed to be the 2-wheel steering mode.
[NOTICE 2.]
When an error, F4, F5, F6, F7, FC, Fd, is detected, the upper unit outputs (Tr9, 10, 11) become as shown by
*3 and the lower unit outputs (RY53, RY54, Tr3) become "0". A reset is performed at system check or
power-on.
*3
Di20 Di21 Di22 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11
(2-wheel (4-wheel (crab steering) (2-wheel (4-wheel (crab steering)
steering) steering) steering) steering)
1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 1/0 0
0 0 1 0 1/0
Combination other than the above 1/0 0 0
200 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-500XL-4 (*) 3. When the vehicle speed becomes 15km/h (9mi/h)
or more, the steering select is not accepted.
1. The steering mode status (2-wheel, 4-wheel or When the vehicle speed becomes 10km/h
crab) selected with the steering mode select (6.2mi/h) or less, the steering select becomes
switch is output. possible.
in the 2-wheel steering mode. In this time, the
indicator for 2-wheel on the steering mode select
switch is lit, and the indicator for selected mode
flashes when the 4-wheel, crab or rear is selected.
Upper unit input Upper unit output Lower unit output

Upper
status
unit

Di20 Di21 Di22 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 RY53 RY54 Tr3
steering select
Remarks
Condition for
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
restriction
(steering
supply)
power
wheel
wheel
wheel
wheel
wheel
(crab
(crab
(crab
(2-
(4-
(2-
(4-
(4-
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2-wheel steering
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 4-wheel steering
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 Crab steering
0
Previous
Combination other
*1 staus is *2
than the above
retained.
Previous staus is Previous staus is
1 - - -
retained. retained.
1: switch contact
Remarks
closed (H) 1: Transsistor ON 1: relay contact ON 1: transsistor ON

0: switch contact 0: Transsistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF 0: transsistor OFF
open (L)
*1.If the previous output status is "0", "0" is output. If the previous output status is "1", "1/0" is output.
*2.When all of the lower unit output statuses RY53, RY54 and RY56 are "0", this becomes "0". Otherwise this
becomes "1".
201 W303-0257E
Data table
[NOTICE 1.]
At the reset operation, without regard to upper unit inputs Di20, Di21 and Di22, the previous status is
supposed to be the 2-wheel steering mode.
[NOTICE 2.]
When an error, F4, F5, F6, F7, FC, Fd, FE or FF is detected, the upper unit outputs (Tr9, 10 and 11) become
as shown by *3 and the lower unit outputs (RY53, RY54 and Tr3) become "0".
A reset is performed by the reset operation.
[NOTICE 3.]
The upper unit status steering select restriction condition is supposed to be a status decided by the following
vehicle speed.
*3

(2-wheel (4-wheel (crab (2-wheel (4-wheel (crab
steering) steering) steering) steering) steering) steering)
1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 1/0 0
0 0 1 0 1/0
(1km/h = 0.62mi/h)
Upper unit input status Condition for steering select

restrication
Pi2
(main speed) Tr1
Vs≧15 1
Vs 10 0

Remarks
Condition for steering select restriction intermittent

No sound
NOTICE 1 : If the main speed input signal is erroneous (error 01), the main speed
is supposed to be Vs≧15.
202 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4 indicator for 2-wheel on the steering mode select
and GR-700EXL-1 switch is lit, and the indicator for selected mode
1. The steering mode status (2-wheel, 4-wheel, crab
or rear) selected with the steering mode select 3. When reverse steering condition is turned ON by
switch is output. the reverse steering function, the steering status
opposite to the current one is output.
These data based on “Reveres steering” data.
Upper
unit
status Di20 Di21 Di22 Di23 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 Tr1 RY53 RY54 RY55 RY56 Tr3
Condition for
Remarks
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
(steering
(steering
(steering
(steering
(steering
mode 1)
mode 2)
mode 3)
mode 4)
steering
reverse
supply)
power
wheel
wheel
wheel
wheel
(crab
(crab
(rear
(rear
(2-
(4-
(2-
(4-
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2-wheel steering
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 4-wheel steering
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 Crab steering
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Rear steering
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 2-wheel reverse steering
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 4-wheel reverse steering
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 Crab reverse steering
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Rear reveves steering

Combination other than the
*1 Previous staus is retained. *2
above
Remarks
1: switch contact closed (H) 1: Transsistor ON 1: relay contact ON 1: transsistor ON

0: switch contact open (L) 0: Transsistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF 0: transsistor OFF
*2.When all of the lower unit output statuses RY53, RY54, RY55 and RY56 are "0", this becomes "0".
Otherwise this becomes "1".
203 W303-0257E
Data table
[NOTICE 1.]
At the reset operation, if all of the upper unit inputs Di20, Di21, Di22 and Di23 are "0" or if two or more inputs
are entered at the same time, the previous status is supposed to be the 2-wheel steering mode.
[NOTICE 2.]
When an error, F4, F5, F6, F7, FC, Fd, FE, or FF is detected, the upper unit outputs (Tr9, 10, 11 and 12)
become as shown by *3 and the lower unit outputs (RY53, RY54, RY55, RY56 and Tr3) become "0".
[NOTICE 3.]
The upper unit status reverse steering condition is supposed to be a status decided by the reverse steering
function.
*3

Di20 Di21 Di22 Di23 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 Tr12
(2-wheel (4-wheel (crab (rear (2-wheel (4-wheel (crab (rear
steering) steering) steering) steering) steering) steering) steering) steering)
1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 1/0 0 0
0 0 1 0 1 0 1/0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 1/0
Combination other than the above 1/0 0 0 0
204 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-600XXL-4 (*), TR-800XXL-4 (*), 3. When reverse steering condition is turned ON by
GR-700EXL-1 (*) and GR-550EX-1 the reverse steering function, the steering status
1. The steering mode status (2-wheel, 4-wheel, crab
or rear) selected with the steering mode select 4. When the vehicle speed becomes 15km/h (9mi/h)
switch is output. or more, the steering select is not accepted.
When the vehicle speed becomes 10km/h
(6.2mi/h) or less, the steering select becomes
possible.
indicator for 2-wheel on the steering mode select
Refer to page 203
Upper unit Upper unit output

status status
Di20 Di21 Di22 Di23 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 Tr12 RY53 RY54 RY55 RY56 Tr3
steering select
Condition for
Remarks
Condition for
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
restriction
(steering
(steering
(steering
(steering
(steering
mode 1)
mode 2)
mode 3)
mode 4)
steering
reverse
supply)
power
wheel
wheel
wheel
wheel
(Rear
(Rear
(crab
(crab
(2-
(4-
(2-
(4-
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2-wheel steering
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 4-wheel steering
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 Crab steering
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Rear steering
2-wheel reverse
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 steering
4-wheel reverse
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 steering
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 Crab reverse steering
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Rear reverse steering
Combination other than the above *1 Previous staus is retained. *2

1 Previous staus is
- - - - - Previous staus is retained.
retained.
Remarks

1: Transsistor ON 1: relay contact ON 1: transsistor ON
(H)
0: Transsistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF 0: transsistor OFF
0: switch contact open (L)
becomes "1".
205 W303-0257E
Data table
[NOTICE 1.]
At the reset operation, without regard to upper unit inputs Di20, Di21, Di22 and Di23, the previous status is
[NOTICE 2.]
When an error, F4, F5, F6, F7, FC, Fd, FE, or FF is detected, the upper unit outputs (Tr9, 10, 11 and 12)
become as shown by *3 and the lower unit outputs (RY53, RY54, RY55, RY56 and Tr3) become "0".
[NOTICE 3.]
function.
[NOTICE 4.]
vehicle speed.
*3

Di20 Di21 Di22 Di23 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 Tr12
(2-wheel (4-wheel (crab (Rear (2-wheel (4-wheel (crab (Rear
steering) steering) steering) steering) steering) steering) steering) steering)
1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 1/0 0 0
1
0 0 1 0 0 1/0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 1/0
Combination other than the above 1/0 0 0 0
(1km/h = 0.62mi/h)

restrication
Pi2
(main speed) Tr1
Vs≧15 1
Vs 10 0

Remarks

No sound
206 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EX-1 3. When reverse steering condition is turned ON by
the reverse steering function, the steering status
1. The steering mode status (2-wheel, 4-wheel or opposite to the current one is output.
crab) selected with the steering mode select
switch is output. 4. When the vehicle speed becomes 15km/h (9mi/h)
or more, the steering select is not accepted.
2. When the output of lower unit is abnormal, enters When the vehicle speed becomes 10km/h
in the 2-wheel steering mode. In this time, the (6.2mi/h) or less, the steering select becomes
indicator for 2-wheel on the steering mode select possible.
flashes when the 4-wheel or crab is selected.
Refer to page 203
Upper unit Upper unit input Upper unit output

Lower unit output status
Di20 Di21 Di22 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 RY53 RY54 RY56 Tr3
steering select
Condition for
Remarks
Condition for
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
steering)
restriction
(steering
(steering
(steering
(steering
mode 1)
mode 2)
mode 4)
steering
reverse
supply)
power
wheel
wheel
wheel
wheel
(crab
(crab
(2-
(4-
(2-
(4-
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2-wheel steering
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 4-wheel steering
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 Crab steering
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 2-wheel reverse steering

0
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 4-wheel reverse steering
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 Crab reverse steering

Combination other than the Previous staus is
*1 *2
above retained.
1 Previous staus is
- - - - Previous staus is retained.
retained.
1: switch contact
Remarks
closed (H) 1: Transsistor ON 1: relay contact ON 1: transsistor ON

0: switch contact 0: Transsistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF 0: transsistor OFF
open (L)
becomes "1".
207 W303-0257E
Data table
[NOTICE 1.]
At the reset operation, without regard to upper unit inputs Di20, Di21 and Di22, the previous status is
[NOTICE 2.]
When an error, F4, F5, F7, FC, Fd or FF is detected, the upper unit outputs (Tr9, 10 and 11) become as
shown by *3 and the lower unit outputs (RY53, RY54, RY56 and Tr3) become "0".
[NOTICE 3.]
function.
[NOTICE 4.]
vehicle speed.
*3

(2-wheel (4-wheel (crab (2-wheel (4-wheel (crab
steering) steering) steering) steering) steering) steering)
1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 1/0 0
0 0 1 0 1/0
(1km/h = 0.62mi/h)

restrication
Pi2
(main speed) Tr1
Vs≧15 1
Vs 10 0

Remarks

No sound
208 W303-0257E
Data table
25.6 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 steering lock release switch is turned ON, the
steering status selected by the steering mode
1. When the lock pin is set in place, 2-wheel steering
select switch is output.
status is output regardless of the steering mode
select switch status. 4. When reverse steering condition is turned ON by
the reverse steering function, the steering status
2. When the lock pin is out of place, the steering
mode status (2-wheel, 4-wheel, crab or rear)
selected with the steering mode select switch is 5. The indicator for the present steering status on
output. the steering mode select switch is lit, and the
indicator for that switch flashes when the present
3. When the lock pin is neither set nor pulled out,
steering status is different from the presently
2-wheel steering status is output. Only when the
selected switch status.
Lower unit Upper unit input
Cond Upper unit input status Lower unit input status
ition input status status
for Di20 Di21 Di22 Di23 Di29 Di4 Di5 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 Tr12 RY53 RY54 RY55 RY56 Tr3
(2- (4- (crab (rear (rear (lock (lock pin (2- (4- (crab (rear (4- (crab (rear (rever (steerin
rever
wheel wheel steeri steeri steeri pin “in” wheel wheel steeri steeri wheel steeri steeri g
Remarks
se se
steeri steeri ng) ng) ng "out" detection steerin steeri ng) ng) steerin ng) ng) steerin power
steer ng) ng) lock detectio ) g) ng) g) supply)
g)
ing releas n)
e)
0 1
Not used for - Not used for
0 1 0 0 0 2-wheel steering
this model this model
1 - -
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 1
- 2-wheel reverse
1 1 0 1 1 steering
1 - -
0 0 0 0 0 0 2-wheel steering
0 1 0 0 1 1/0 0 0 2-wheel reverse
1 1 1 steering
0 0 0 2-wheel steering
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1/0 0 2-wheel reverse
1 1 1 steering
0 0 0 2-wheel steering
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1/0 2-wheel reverse
1 1 1 steering
- 1 0
0 0 4-wheel steering
1 - -
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
- 1 0 4-wheel reverse
1 1 steering
1 - -
－ Crab steering
1 0
- 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 Crab reverse
1 - - steering
- 1 0
0 0 Rear steering
0 1 - -
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
- 1 0 Rear reverse
1 1 steering
1 - -
1 0 *5 Previous status is retained.
*7
Combination other than the 0 1 1/0 *6 0 0 0 0
above 1 1
1
0 0
*1
1 1
- - - - - 0
0 0
1: switch contact
Remarks
1: switch contact closed (H) closed (L) 1: transistor ON 1: relay contact ON 1: transistor ON
0: switch contact open (L) 0: switch contact 0: transistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF 0: transistor OFF
open (H)
*1. According to the truth table below, the output is determined base on the output status of RY24 (rear steering lock).
209 W303-0257E
Data table
Lower
unit
output Upper unit input status Upper unit output status Lower unit output status
status Rem
RY24 Di20 Di21 Di22 Di23 Tr9 Tr10 Tr11 Tr12 RY53 RY54 RY55 RY56 Tr3
(2- (4- (crab (rear (2- (4- (crab (rear (4- (crab (rear (rever (steering arks
(rear
steering wheel wheel steeri steeri wheel wheel steeri steeri wheel steeri steeri se power supply)
lock) steeri steeri ng) ng) steeri steeri ng) ng) steeri ng) ng) steeri
ng) ng) ng) ng) ng) ng)
1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 1/0 0 0 2-
0 0 1 0 1 0 1/0 0 wheel
0 0 0 0 0 0
steeri
0 0 0 1 0 0 1/0 ng
Combination other than
1/0 *6
the above
1 0 0 0 *n *n *n *n
0 1 0 0 *n *n *n *n
0 0 1 0 *n *n *n *n Previous status is
1 *7
retained
0 0 0 1 *n *n *n *n
Combination other than *5
the above
1: relay
contact 1: switch contact closed 1: transistor ON 1: relay contact ON 1: transistor
ON (H) 0: transistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF ON
0: relay 0: switch contact open 0: transistor
contact (L) *3 *4 *2
OFF
OFF
*4. The upper unit outputs are as follows.
*n *n *n *n 1/0 0 0 0 *n-1 *n-1 *n-1 *n-1

*n *n *n *n 0 1/0 0 0 *n-1 *n-1 *n-1 *n-1
*n *n *n *n
=
0 0 1/0 0
+ *n-1 *n-1 *n-1 *n-1
*n *n *n *n 0 0 0 1/0 *n-1 *n-1 *n-1 *n-1
Outputs of previous status
*5.If the previous output status is "0" or "1/0", the same status is output. If the previous output status is "1",
"1/0" is output instead. However, when this output is supposed to be nth and if the output of *4 is made at
(n+1)th, the indicator for the (n-1)th output status is turned ON and the indicator corresponding to the current
input is made to flash.
*6.If the previous output status is "0" or "1/0", the same status is output. If the previous output status is "1", "0"
is output. However, when this output is supposed to be nth and if the output of *4 is made at (n+1)th, the
upper unit output Tr9 (2-wheel steering) is made ON and the indicator corresponding to the current input is
made to flash.
*7.When all of the lower unit output statuses RY53, RY54, RY55 and RY56 are "0", this becomes "0".
Otherwise this becomes "1".
210 W303-0257E
Data table
NOTICE 1.
At power-on or system check, if all of the upper unit inputs Di21, Di22, Di23 and Di24 are "0" or if two or more
of these four inputs are "1" at the same time, the previous status is supposed to be 2-wheel steering mode.
NOTICE 2.
When an error, F4, F5, F6, F7, FC, Fd, FE, or FF, is detected, the upper unit outputs become as shown by *2
and all of the lower unit outputs become "0". A reset is performed at system check or power-on.
211 W303-0257E
Data table
26. Reverse steering

TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
TR-600XXL-4 (*), TR-800XXL-4 (*),
GR-700EXL-1 (*), GR-550EX-1,
1. The reverse steering indicator lights up when the

reverse steering switch is ON; the over-rear
detection switch is ON; the over-front detection
switch is OFF; and the reverse steering conditions
is ON.
2. If the reverse steering switch is turned ON when

the over-rear detection switch is OFF, the alarm
buzzer intermittently sounds and the reverse
steering indicator flashes.

Di57 Di49 Tr13 Condition for
Di24 Di7 Tr1 reverse steering
(over-rear (over-front (reverse
(reverse steering) (R) (alarm buzzer)
detection) detection) steering)
0 - - - 0 0
1 - 0
0 0
0 1/0 1/0
1 -
retained.
1
0 - 1 0 1
1: switch 1: switch 1: reverse
1: transistor ON
contact 1: switch contact contact steering
0: transistor OFF
Remarks
closed (H) closed (L) closed (H) allowed

1/0: alternates ON and
0: switch 0: switch contact open 0: switch 0: reverse
OFF at 0.6 second
contact open (H) contact open steering not
intervals.
(L) (L) allowed
NOTICE 1: The previous status is made "0" at power-on and when the system check switch is pressed.
212 W303-0257E
Data table
27. Spring lock

3. While the vehicle speed is over 1 km/h (0.62mi/h),
neither spring lock operation nor spring lock
27.1 Applicable model: TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4
and TR-500XL-4 (*) release operation is allowed.
1. When spring lock operation is performed, the 4. The spring lock status is supposed to be free
indicator starts flashing 1 second after the lock when the indicator is OFF; during being locked
side of the spring lock switch is turned ON. The when the indicator is flashing; locked when the
lock status is output 1 second after that. indicator is ON. When the spring lock status
However, the lock status is not output unless the changes, the new status is stored in the EEPROM
engine speed is over 500 min-1. and reproduced at the time of next power-on.
After the lock status is output for 5 seconds, it is 5. If the spring lock is not in locked status, the relay
supposed that spring lock is completed and the is energized by the output Tr15 to vent the remote
indicator stops flashing and starts to light up control pressure, disabling the crane operation.
continuously. Unless the spring lock is completed, outrigger
2. When spring lock release operation is performed, operation is disabled. (See "Outriggers".)
the free status is output and the indicator is turned
off 1 second after the free side of the spring lock
switch is turned ON while the over-front detection
switch is ON and the PTO is disengaged.
Refer to page 170
Table 1
Serial signal output status Upper Tr15 Lower RY50
Di36
Spring lock status to combination meter (spring lock state (spring lock
(PTO)
TDX3 (Do2) (sus lock) detection) check release)
0 0
Free 1 0
1 1/0 (*5)
During being locked - 1/0 (*6) 1 1
Locked - 1 0 1
(*5) : at 0.4 second intervals (*6) : at 0.8 second intervals
Time chart 1
• After the specified time T seconds, the indicator stops flashing and starts to light up continuously.
• T: 5 seconds, T1: continuos 2 seconds, T2: continuous 1 second
• T = Ta + Tb = Tc + Td
switch contact -closed (H)
Upper unit input Di18
[lock (spring lock)] switch contact -open (L)
T1 T1 T1
Lower unit output RY50 relay contact ON
(spring lock check release) Ta T1 Tb T1 Tc Td relay contact OFF
T
relay contact ON
Lower unit output RY52
(spring lock) relay contact OFF
T2 T2 T2
Serial signal output status to level “H”
combination meter Flashing level “L”
Do2 (SUS LOCK)
Upper unit input Pi1 Erev≧500min-1
(tachometer sensor) Erev＜400min-1
(Judged by status of upper unit output Tr 16)
transistor ON
Upper unit output Tr15
(spring lock state detection) transistor OFF
IW303-0251E07
213 W303-0257E
Data table
Refer to page 170
Serial signal
output status to Upper unit output Lower unit output
Upper unit input status combination status status
meter
Pi2 Di49 Di36 Di18 Di19 Pi1 TDX3 (Do2) Tr15 RY50 RY52
(main (over- (PTO) (lock (free (tachometer) (SUS (spring lock state (spring lock (spring lock)
speed) front (spring (spring LOCK) detection) check
detection) lock)) lock)) release)
1 0 0 *3 0 *4 1 0
1 0 - - 0
*1 Previous status is retained. *2
Vs<1 - 1
- 1
0 As shown in Chart 1
0 - 0 - -
*1 Previous status is retained. *2 0
Vs 1 - - - - -
1: switch
contact
Vs: 1: switch contact
Remarks
closed Engine
vehicle (L) closed (H) 1: level "H" 1: transistor ON 1: relay contact ON
speed
speed 0: switch contact -1 0: level "L" 0: transistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF
0: switch (min )
(km/h) open (L)
contact
open (H)
*1. If the spring-lock status stored in EEPROM and RY50 monitor data coincide with status shown in
Table1, the output shown in Table 1 is made depending on the input status of Di36.
If they do not coincide with each other, the output during being locked is made.
*2. At power-on or system check, if the spring lock status stored in EEPROM (shown in Table 1) and
RY50 monitor data coincide with each other, the previous status is used for the spring lock status and
the output shown in Table 1 is made. If they do not coincide with each other, the output during being
locked is made.
*3. If a continuous input is made for one second or more, Di19 becomes “1”.
NOTICE 1 : If the main speed input signal is erroneous (error 01) or the communication between the upper
Remarks
and lower units is erroneous (error 31, 32, 36 or 37), the main speed is supposed to be Vs≧1.
NOTICE 2 : The lower unit outputs RY50 and RY52 are always monitored as follows:
•The measurement of "T" seconds is started when it is confirmed that the lower unit outputs
RY50 and RY52 have changed to "1".
If a failure (the output data of RY50 and RY52 do not coincide with the monitored data)
occurs during measurement, the measurement is stopped. (If RY50 is erroneous, the
measurement is reset. If RY52 is erroneous, the measurement is interrupted) When the
status returns normal, the measurement is restarted.
• If the lower unit output RY50 is erroneous (the output data do not coincide with the monitored
data), the combination meter output status (SUS LOCK) becomes "1/0" and the upper unit
output Tr15 becomes "1".
• In case of *4, after it is checked that the monitored data of the lower unit output RY50 is "0",
the combination meter output status (SUS LOCK) becomes "0".
NOTICE 3 : The spring lock status is stored in EEPROM whenever it changes. (The change from “free” to
“locked” is detected as the monitor data RY52 becomes “1” after the output status to
combination meter becomes “1/0.)
214 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-300XL-4 and GR-300EL-1 3. While the vehicle speed is over 1 km/h (0.62mi/h),
neither spring lock operation nor spring lock
1. When spring lock operation is performed, the release operation is allowed.
indicator starts flashing 1 second after the lock
side of the spring lock switch is turned ON. The 4. The spring lock status is supposed to be free
lock status is output 1 second after that. when the indicator is OFF; during being locked
However, the lock status is not output unless the when the indicator is flashing; locked when the
engine speed is over 500 min-1. indicator is ON. When the spring lock status
After the lock status is output for 5 seconds, it is changes, the new status is stored in the EEPROM
supposed that spring lock is completed and the and reproduced at the time of next power-on.
indicator stops flashing and starts to light up
5. When spring lock operation and spring lock
continuously.
release operation are performed, the relay is
2. When spring lock release operation is performed, energized by the output Tr14 not to operate the air
the free status is output and the indicator is turned conditioner.
off 1 second after the free side of the spring lock
6. If the spring lock is not in locked status, the relay
switch is turned ON while the over-front detection
is energized by the output Tr15 to vent the remote
switch is ON and the PTO is disengaged.
control pressure, disabling the crane operation.
Unless the spring lock is completed, outrigger
operation is disabled. (See "Outriggers".)
Refer to page 170
Table 1
Serial signal output Upper Tr15 RY20
RY50
Spring lock status status to upper (spring lock state (pilot check
(pilot check lock)
combination meter detection) release)
Free 0 1 0 1
During being locked 1/0 1 1 0
Locked 1 0 1 0
215 W303-0257E
Data table
216 W303-0257E
Data table
Not used for this model Refer to page 170
Serial signal
output status
to Upper unit output Lower unit output status
Upper unit input status status
combination
meter
Pi2 Di18 Di19 Di36 Di49 Pi1 TDX3 (Do2) Tr14 Tr15 RY50 RY20 RY52
(main (lock (free (PTO) (over- (tachometer) (SUS (outrigger (spring (pilot (pilot (spring
speed) (spring (spring front LOCK) and spring lock state check check lock
lock)) lock)) detection) lock state detection) lock) lock) pressure
detection) source)
0 0 - - - Previous 0 0
status is Previous status is retained. *1
1 1 - - - retained. *1 0 0
1 0 - - As shown in Chart 1
Vs<1 Previous
0 - status is 0 Previous status is retained. *1 0
0 retained. *1
0 1
1 - As shown in Chart 2 0
1 - - Previous 0 0
status is Previous status is retained. *1
Vs 1 - - - - - retained. *1 0 0
1: switch
contact
Vs: 1: switch contact
Remarks
closed Engine
vehicle (L) closed (H) 1: level "H" 1: transistor ON 1: relay contact ON
speed
speed 0: switch contact 0: level "L" 0: transistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF
0: switch (min-1)
(km/h) open (L)
contact
open (H)
locked is made.
The output state does not change until the upper and lower communication can be normalized, and
when the upper and lower communication abnomality is detected, the state is maintained.
The spring lock status is stored in EEPROM whenever it changes. (The change from “free” to “locked”
is detected as the monitor data RY50 becomes “1” after the output status to combination meter
becomes “1/0.)
Remarks
217 W303-0257E
Data table
27.3 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 3. While the vehicle speed is over 1 km/h (0.62
mi/h), neither spring lock operation nor spring lock
1. When spring lock operation is performed, the
release operation is allowed.
indicator starts flashing 1 second after the lock
side of the spring lock switch is turned ON. The 4. The spring lock status is supposed to be free
lock status is output 1 second after that. when the indicator is OFF; during being locked
However, the lock status is not output unless the when the indicator is flashing; locked when the
engine speed is over 500 min-1. indicator is ON. When the spring lock status
After the lock status is output for 5 seconds, it is changes, the new status is stored in the EEPROM
supposed that spring lock is completed and the and reproduced at the time of next power-on.
indicator stops flashing and starts to light up
continuously. 5. During spring lock operation or spring lock release
operation, the relay is energized by the output
2. When spring lock release operation is performed, Tr14 not to allow the air conditioner to work.
the free status is output and the indicator is turned
off 1 second after the free side of the spring lock 6. If the spring lock is not in locked status, the relay
switch is turned ON while the over-front detection is energized by the output Tr15 to vent the remote
switch is ON and the PTO is disengaged. control pressure, disabling the crane operation.
Unless the spring lock is completed, outrigger
Table 1 operation is disabled. (See "Outriggers".)
Refer to page 170

Upper Tr15 Lower RY50
Spring lock status status to combination
(spring lock state detection) (spring lock check release)
meter
Free 0 1 0
During being locked 1/0 1 1
Locked 1 0 1
Time chart 1
• After the specified time T seconds, the indicator stops flashing and starts to light up continuously.
• T: 5 seconds, T1: continuos 2 seconds, T2: continuous 1 second
• T = Ta + Tb = Tc + Td
Upper unit input Di18 switch contact closed (H)
(lock (spring lock)) T1 T1 switch contact open (L)
relay contact ON
Lower unit output RY50 relay contact OFF
(spring lock check release)

(spring lock) relay contact OFF
T2 T2 T2
Serial signal output status to level "H"
combination meter flashing
level "L"
Do2 (SUS LOCK)
Erev≧500min-1
Upper unit input Pi1 (tachometer)
-1
(judged by status of Erev＜400min
upper unit output Tr16)
(O/R and SP lock status transistor ON
detection) transistor OFF
(spring lock status detection) transistor ON
transistor OFF
IW303-0261J34E
218 W303-0257E
Data table
Time chart 2
• T3: continuos 1 second, T4: 2 seconds
Upper unit input Di19 switch contact closed (H)

(free (spring lock)) switch contact open (L)
ON or OFF
(spring lock check release) relay contact OFF

(spring lock release) relay contact OFF
Upper unit output Tr14 transistor ON

(O/R and SP lock status detection) transistor OFF
transistor ON
transistor OFF
(spring lock status detection)
IW303-0261J35E
Refer to page 170
Serial signal
output status
to Upper unit output Lower unit output
Upper unit input status status status
combination
meter
Pi2 Di49 Di36 Di18 Di19 Pi1 TXD3 (Do2) Tr14 Tr15 RY50 RY52 RY20
(main (over- (PTO) (lock (free (tachometer) (SUS (O/R and (spring (spring (spring (spring
speed) front (spring (spring LOCK) SP lock lock state lock lock) lock
detection) lock)) lock)) states detection) check release)
detection) release)
1 0 0 *3 0 *4 *3 *3 0 *3
1 0 - - Previous 0
Previous status is
status is 0
Vs<1 - 1 retained. *2
retained. *2
- 1
0 As shown in Time Chart 1 0
0 - 0 - - Previous
Previous status is
status is 0 0
Vs 1 - - - - - retained. *2
retained. *2
Vs:
vehicle 1: switch contact
Remarks
closed (H) Engine 1: level "H" 1: transistor ON 1: relay contact ON

speed speed
(km/h) 0: switch contact (min-1) 0: level "L" 0: transistor OFF 0: relay contact OFF
open (L)
219 W303-0257E
Data table
locked is made.
The spring lock status is stored in EEPROM whenever it changes. (The change from "free" to "locked"
is detected as the monitor data RY50 becomes "1" after the output status to combination meter
becomes "1/0".)
*3. The output signals Tr14, Tr15 and RY20 are as shown in Time Chart 2. The output status of RY20
changes independently of the monitor data RY50.
Remarks
220 W303-0257E
Data table
28. Suspension lock
28.1 Applicable model : TR-600XL-4,

GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-550EX-1
1. When the PTO switch is turned ON, switches to

the suspension lock operation.
2. When the PTO switch is turned OFF in the

forward position, the suspension lock is released.
3. The switching operation is not accepted if the

vehicle speed is over 1 km/h (0.62 mi/h).
Serial signal
output status to
combination
meter Remarks
Di49
Di2 Di36 TXD3 (Do2) RY50 RY51
(over-front
(main speed) (PTO) (sus lock) (sus lock) (sus free)
detection)
0 1 0 0 1 release
Vs<1 1 - 1 1 0 lock
0 0 Previous status is retained. *1
Vs 1 - - Previous status is retained. *2
1: switch 1: switch
contact contact
Remarks
Vs:vehicle closed (H) closed (L) 1: level “H” 1: relay contact ON

speed 0: switch 0: switch 0: level “L” 0: relay contact OFF
(km/h) contact open contact open
(L) (H)
NOTICE 1: If the main speed input signal is erroneous (error 01), the main speed is supposed to be Vs 1.
*1. The initial value in the reset operation is supposed to be the lock output (Do2 "1", RY50 "1", RY51 "0").
*2. The initial value in the reset operation is supposed to be "0" for all of the outputs Do2, RY50, and RY51.
221 W303-0257E
Data table
29. Transmission

TR-500XL-4
1. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" and "R" selected by the

gearshift operation are for manual transmission.
"D" acts as automatic gear while "Hi" mode is
selected and acts as manual 4th gear while "Lo"
mode is selected.
2. Forward 6 gears (F1 through F6) and reverse 2

gears (R1 and R2) are provided. While "Hi"
mode is selected, the available gears are F3, F4,
F5, F6 and R2. While "Lo" mode is selected, the
available gears are F1, F2, F3, F4 and R1.
3. While automatic transmission is functioning, the

gear upshifts when the speed detected by the
main speed sensor reaches the specified value
and downshifts when the speeds detected by the
main speed sensor and the sub-speed sensor
drop to the specified values. (See the shift timing.)
While manual transmission is functioning,
upshifting is always available regardless of the
vehicle speed. But to prevent overshifting,
downshifting is not available until the speeds
detected by the main speed sensor and the
sub-speed sensor drop to the specified values.
4. While "Hi" mode is selected, lockup is

activated/deactivated according to the currently
selected gear and the main speed sensor.
Lockup is deactivated for 2 seconds to prevent
shocks when upshift/downshift is performed.
5. While emergency transmission is functioning, "N"

status is output and manual transmission is
performed via external circuits. However, the
gearshift indicator corresponding to the gearshift
lever input lights up.
222 W303-0257E
Data table
Upper
unit Upper unit input status
status
Di1 Gearshift status
Hi/Lo (emergency
transmission) (1) (2) (3) (D) (N) (R)
1 - - - - - - Neutral (N), MSOL1, MSOL2 OFF
-
0 0 0 0 1 0 Neutral (N), MSOL1, MSOL2 ON
1 0 0 0 0 0 Lo, manual 1st (F1)
0 1 0 0 0 0 Lo, manual 2nd (F2)
Lo 0 0 1 0 0 0 Lo, manual 3rd (F3)
0 0 0 1 0 0 Lo, manual 4th (F4)
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Lo, reverse (R1)
1 0 0 0 0 0 Hi, manual 1st (F3)
0 1 0 0 0 0 Hi, manual 2nd (F4)
Hi 0 0 1 0 0 0 Hi, manual 3rd (F5)
0 0 0 0 0 1 Hi, reverse (R2)
0 0 0 1 0 0 Hi, automatic shift (F3 - F6)
1: switch contact closed (H)
NOTICE 1: "Hi/Lo" mode of the upper unit depends on the operation of Hi/Lo and 2-wheel/4-wheel drive
Remarks
mode selector.
NOTICE 2: When only one of the gearshift inputs (R, N, D, 3rd, 2nd and 1st) is "1", the gearshift status
is renewed. Otherwise the previous gearshift status is retained.
NOTICE 3: When the vehicle speed detected by the main speed sensor is 30 km/h (18.6mi/h) or faster,
the gearshift status "N" turns into "D" but "D" cannot turn into "N".
Shift map (timing) in automatic transmission ("Hi" mode)

MSD3 LD4
MSD2 LD3
Hi 4th (F6)
MSD1 LD2 Hi 3rd (F5)

SD3 SU3 LU4
Hi 2nd (F4)
LD1
SD2 SU2 LU3 Hi 1st (F3)
0km/h SD1 SU1 LU2
LU1
Shift map (timing) in manual transmission ("Lo" mode)
MSD3
Lo 4th (F4)
MSD2 Lo 3rd (F3)
Lo 2nd (F2)
MSD1
Lo 1st (F1)
0km/h
IW303-0261J41E
223 W303-0257E
Data table
Transmission shift point (km/h) (1km/h=0.62mi/h)

SD1 MSD1 SU1 SD2 MSD2 SU2 SD3 MSD3 SU3
Hi 8 12.5 13.5 17 20.5 21.5 26 31 32

Lo - 5 - - 7.5 - - 12 -
NOTICE 1: Upshifting (SU1-2) is available depending on the speed detected by
the main speed sensor.
Remarks NOTICE 2: Automatic downshifting (SD1-2) and manual downshifting (MSD1-2)
are available depending on the speeds detected by the main speed
sensor and sub-speed sensor.
Output of transmission relay

Gearshift
status RY43 RY44 RY45 RY46 RY47 RY48
(F1) (F2) (F3) (HI) (LO) (R)
N 0 0 0 0 0 0
F1 1 0 0 0 1 0
F2 0 1 0 0 1 0
F3 0 0 1 0 1 0
F4 1 0 0 1 0 0
F5 0 1 0 1 0 0
F6 0 0 1 1 0 0
R1 0 0 0 0 1 1
R2 0 0 0 1 0 1
1: relay contact ON
Remarks
0: relay contact OFF
224 W303-0257E
Data table
Gearshift output status and combination meter display

Serial signal output status to upper unit
combination meter
Gearshift output
status TXD3
Di 1 Di 2 Di 3 Di 4 Di 5 Di 6 Di 7
Do 19 Do 20 Do 21 Do 22 Do 23 Do 24
(*) (1) (2) (3) (D) (N) (R)
(1) (2) (3) (N) (D) (R)
N 0 0 0 1 0 0
Manual 1st 1 0 0 0 0 0
Manual 2nd 0 1 0 0 0 0
Manual 3rd 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 - - - - - - Automatic 1st 1 0 0 0 1 0
Automatic 2nd 0 1 0 0 1 0
Automatic 3rd 0 0 1 0 1 0
4th 0 0 0 0 1 0
Reverse 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 - 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
Combination other than the above Previous status is retained.
Remarks
*1. Emergency transmission
225 W303-0257E
Data table
Lock up control (1km/h=0.62mi/h)

Lower unit
Serial signal output status output status
2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear
(km/h) (km/h) (km/h) TXD3 (Do10) (LOCK UP)
RY42
(lock up)
LU2 LU3 LU4
1 1
15.5 25 36.5 (ON)
Hi
LD2 LD3 LD4
0 0 (OFF)
12 16 27
NOTICE 1 : Activating/deactivating lockup depends on the speed detected by the main speed
Remarks detector.
Lock up time lag
For upshifting (2nd 3rd 4th) and downshifting (4th 3rd 2nd), the lock up time lag is set as
shown below.
Shift point
2nd, 3rd and 4th gear

T
RY42 (lock up) relay contact OFF
T = 2 seconds
IW303-0261J42E
226 W303-0257E
Data table
29.2 Applicable model: TR-500XL-4 (*)
1. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" and "R" selected by the

"D" acts as automatic gear while "Hi" mode is
selected and acts as manual 4th gear while "Lo"
mode is selected.

mode is selected, the available gears are F3, F4,
F5, F6 and R2. While "Lo" mode is selected, the
available gears are F1, F2, F3, F4 and R1.


5. While emergency transmission is functioning, "N"

status is output and manual transmission is
performed via external circuits. However, the
gearshift indicator corresponding to the gearshift
lever input lights up.
227 W303-0257E
Data table
Upper
status
Hi/Lo (emergency
transmission) (1) (2) (3) (D) (N) (R)
1 - - - - - - RY41, RY43-48, MSOL1, MSOL2 OFF
-
0 0 0 0 1 0 Neutral (N), MSOL1, MSOL2 ON
1 0 0 0 0 0 Lo, manual 1st (F1)
0 1 0 0 0 0 Lo, manual 2nd (F2)
Lo 0 0 1 0 0 0 Lo, manual 3rd (F3)
0 0 0 1 0 0 Lo, manual 4th (F4)
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Lo, reverse (R1)
1 0 0 0 0 0 Hi, manual 1st (F3)
0 1 0 0 0 0 Hi, manual 2nd (F4)
Hi 0 0 1 0 0 0 Hi, manual 3rd (F5)
0 0 0 0 0 1 Hi, reverse (R2)
0 0 0 1 0 0 Hi, automatic shift (F3 - F6)
Remarks
mode selector.

MSD3 LD4
MSD2 LD3
Hi 4th (F6)

SD3 SU3 LU4
Hi 2nd (F4)
LD1
0km/h SD1 SU1 LU2
LU1
MSD3
Lo 4th (F4)
MSD2 Lo 3rd (F3)
Lo 2nd (F2)
MSD1
Lo 1st (F1)
0km/h
IW303-0261J41E
228 W303-0257E
Data table

Hi 8 12.5 13 17 20.5 21 26 30 31
Lo - 5 - - 7.5 - - 12 -

Gearshift
status RY41 RY43 RY44 RY45 RY46 RY47 RY48
(N) (F1) (F2) (F3) (HI) (LO) (R)
N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
F1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0
F2 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
F3 1 0 0 1 0 1 0
F4 1 1 0 0 1 0 0
F5 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
F6 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
R1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
R2 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
1: relay contact ON
Remarks
229 W303-0257E
Data table

Serial signal output status to upper unit
combination meter
Gearshift output
status TXD3
Do 19 Do 20 Do 21 Do 22 Do 23 Do 24
(*) (1) (2) (3) (D) (N) (R)
(1) (2) (3) (N) (D) (R)
N 0 0 0 1 0 0
Manual 1st 1 0 0 0 0 0
Manual 2nd 0 1 0 0 0 0
Manual 3rd 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 - - - - - - Automatic 1st 1 0 0 0 1 0
4th 0 0 0 0 1 0
Reverse 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 - 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
Remarks
230 W303-0257E
Data table

Lower unit
Serial signal output status output status
1st gear 2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear
(km/h) (km/h) (km/h) (km/h) TXD3 (Do10) (LOCK UP)
RY42
(lock up)
LU1 LU2 LU3 LU4
1 1
11 15.5 25 36.5 (ON)
Hi
LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4
0 0 (OFF)
8 12 16 27
detector.
Remarks
NOTICE 2 : Lock up ON or OFF at 1st is only 1st in manual.
NOTICE 3 : While the emergency transmission is functioning, RY42 is OFF and Do 10 is L.
Lock up time lag
For upshifting (2nd 3rd 4th) and downshifting (4th 3rd 2nd), the lock up time lag is set as
shown below.
Shift point

T
T = 2 seconds
IW303-0261J42E
231 W303-0257E
Data table

TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4 vehicle speed. But to prevent overshifting,
and GR-700EXL-1 downshifting is not available until the speeds
1. "1st", "2nd" and "R" selected by the gearshift
operation are for manual transmission. "D" acts
as automatic gear while "Hi" mode is selected and 4. While "Hi" mode is selected, lockup is
acts as manual 3rd gear while "Lo" mode is activated/deactivated according to the currently
selected. selected gear and the main speed sensor.
2. Forward 3 gears and reverse 1 gear are available
for "Hi" and "Lo" modes respectively.
5. While the input for the vehicle speed restriction is
ON, only "1st" and "2nd" are available during "Hi"
mode to restrain the vehicle speed.
and downshifts when the speeds detected by the 6. While emergency transmission is functioning, "N"
main speed sensor and the sub-speed sensor status is output and manual transmission is
drop to the specified values. (See the shift timing.) performed via external circuits. However, the
While manual transmission is functioning, gearshift indicator corresponding to the gearshift
upshifting is always available regardless of the lever input lights up.
Upper
status Lower unit output status
Hi/Lo (emergency
transmission) (1) (2) (D) (N) (R)
1 - - - - - Neutral (N), MSOL1, MSOL2 OFF
-
0 0 0 1 0 Neutral (N), MSOL1, MSOL2 ON
1 0 0 0 0 Lo, manual 1st (F1)
0 1 0 0 0 Lo, manual 2nd (F2)
Lo
0 0 1 0 0 Lo, manual 3rd (F3)
0 0 0 0 0 1 Lo, reverse (R1)
1 0 0 0 0 Hi, manual 1st (F2)
0 1 0 0 0 Hi, manual 2nd (F3)
Hi 0 0 0 0 1 Hi, reverse (R2)
0 0 1 0 0 Hi, automatic shift (F1 – F3)

Remarks
NOTICE 1 : "Hi/Lo" mode of the upper unit depends on the operation of Hi/Lo and 2-wheel/4-wheel
drive mode selector.
NOTICE 2 : When only one of the gearshift inputs (R, N, D, 2nd and 1st) is "1", the gearshift status is
renewed. Otherwise the previous gearshift status is retained.
NOTICE 3 : When the vehicle speed detected by the main speed sensor is 30 km/h (18.6mi/h) or
faster, the gearshift status "N" turns into "D" but "D" cannot turn into "N".
232 W303-0257E
Data table

MSD2 LD3
MSD1 LD2
Hi 3rd (F3)
LD1
SD2 SU2 LU3 Hi 2nd (F2)
A
0km/h SD1 SU1 LU2 Hi 1st (F1)
LU1

MSD2
Lo 3rd (F3)
MSD1
Lo 2nd (F2) A
0km/h Lo 1st (F1)
IW303-0252E01

SD1 MSD1 SU1 SD2 MSD2 SU2
Hi 5 8 8 16 19.5 19.5
Lo - 3 - - 7 -
Remarks
NOTICE 1 : Up shifting (SU1~2) is available depending on the speed detected by the main speed sensor.
NOTICE 2 : Automatic downshifting (SD1~2) and manual downshifting (MSD1~2) are available depending on the
speeds detected by the main speed sensor and sub-speed sensor.
Gearshift conditions with vehicle speed restriction

Applicable shift map
Di45 Remarks
(timing)
(vehicle speed restriction)
Shift map in fine and
0 Normal
heavy (all ranges) lines
Shift map in heavy Vehicle speed
*1 1
(range A) lines restriction
Remarks

NOTICE 1 : If the lower unit input status becomes *1 during Hi/F2, F3,
downshifting is made using the normal shift map but no upshifting is
made.
233 W303-0257E
Data table

Gearshift status
RY43（1） RY44（2） RY45（3） RY46（4）
N 0 0 0 0
F1 1 0 0 0
F2 0 1 0 0
F3 0 0 1 0
R1 0 0 1 1
1: relay contact ON
Remarks

combination meter
Gearshift output
Di1 status TXD3
Di2 Di3 Di5 Di6 Di7
(emergency Do19 Do20 Do21 Do22 Do23 Do24
(1) (2) (D) (N) (R)
transmission) (1) (2) (3) (N) (D) (R)
N 0 0 0 1 0 0
Manual 1st 1 0 0 0 0 0
Manual 2nd 0 1 0 0 0 0
Manual 3rd 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 - - - - -
Automatic 1st 1 0 0 0 1 0
Reverse 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
1
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
above
Remarks

234 W303-0257E
Data table

Serial signal Lower unit output
3rd output status to status
1st 2nd
combination
gear gear gear
meter RY42
(km/h) (km/h) (km/h)
TXD3 (Do 10) (lock up)
(LOCK UP)
LU1 LU2 LU3
1 1
- 13.5 25 (ON)
Hi
LD1 LD2 LD3
0 0 (OFF)
- 9.5 18
NOTICE 1 : Activating/deactivating lockup depends on the speed detected by the

Remarks main speed detector.
Lock up time lag
For upshifting (1st 2nd 3rd) and downshifting (3rd 2nd 1st), the lock up time lag is set as
shown below.
Shift point
1st, 2nd and 3rd gear relay contact ON

T
Lower unit output relay contact OFF
RY 42
(Lock up)
T = 2 seconds
IW303-0252E02
235 W303-0257E
Data table
29.4 Applicable model: TR-600XXL-4 (*),

TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*) vehicle speed. But to prevent overshifting,
and GR-550EX-1 downshifting is not available until the speeds
2. Forward 3 gears and reverse 1 gear are available
for "Hi" and "Lo" modes respectively.
5. While the input for the vehicle speed restriction is
ON, only "1st" and "2nd" are available during "Hi"
and downshifts when the speeds detected by the 6. While emergency transmission is functioning, "N"
main speed sensor and the sub-speed sensor status is output and manual transmission is
drop to the specified values. (See the shift timing.) performed via external circuits. However, the
While manual transmission is functioning, gearshift indicator corresponding to the gearshift
upshifting is always available regardless of the lever input lights up.
Upper
status Lower unit output status
Hi/Lo (emergency
transmission) (1) (2) (D) (N) (R)
RY41, RY43-48, MSOL1, MSOL2
1 - - - - -
- OFF
0 0 0 1 0 Neutral (N), MSOL1, MSOL2 ON
1 0 0 0 0 Lo, manual 1st (F1)
0 1 0 0 0 Lo, manual 2nd (F2)
Lo
0 0 1 0 0 Lo, manual 3rd (F3)
0 0 0 0 0 1 Lo, reverse (R1)
1 0 0 0 0 Hi, manual 1st (F2)
0 1 0 0 0 Hi, manual 2nd (F3)
Hi 0 0 0 0 1 Hi, reverse (R2)
0 0 1 0 0 Hi, automatic shift (F1 – F3)

Remarks
NOTICE 3 : When the vehicle speed detected by the main speed sensor is 30 km/h (18.6mi/h) or
236 W303-0257E
Data table

MSD2 LD3
MSD1 LD2
Hi 3rd (F3)
LD1
A
LU1

MSD2
Lo 3rd (F3)
MSD1
Lo 2nd (F2) A
0km/h Lo 1st (F1)
IW303-0252E01

Hi 5 8 7.5 14 18 18.1
Lo - 2 - - 5 -
Remarks
NOTICE 1 : Up shifting (SU1~2) is available depending on the speed detected by the main speed sensor.
NOTICE 2 : Automatic downshifting (SD1~2) and manual downshifting (MSD1~2) are available depending on the
speeds detected by the main speed sensor and sub-speed sensor.

Di45 Remarks
(timing)
0 Normal
*1 1
Remarks

made.
237 W303-0257E
Data table

Gearshift status
RY41（N） RY43（1） RY44（2） RY45（3） RY46（4）
N 0 0 0 0 0
F1 1 1 0 0 0
F2 1 0 1 0 0
F3 1 0 0 1 0
R1 1 0 0 1 1
1: relay contact ON
Remarks

combination meter
Gearshift output
Di1 status TXD3
Di2 Di3 Di5 Di6 Di7
(1) (2) (D) (N) (R)
N 0 0 0 1 0 0
Manual 1st 1 0 0 0 0 0
Manual 2nd 0 1 0 0 0 0
Manual 3rd 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 - - - - -
Reverse 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
1
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
above
Remarks

238 W303-0257E
Data table

1st 2nd
combination
gear gear gear
meter RY42
(LOCK UP)
LU1 LU2 LU3
1 1
6 13.5 24.9 (ON)
Hi
LD1 LD2 LD3
0 0 (OFF)
4 9 18
main speed detector.
Remarks NOTICE 2 : Lock up ON or OFF at 1st is only 1st in manual.
NOTICE 3 : While the emergency transmission is functioning, RY42 is OFF and Do
10 is L.
Lock up time lag
shown below.
Shift point
1st, 2nd and 3rd gear relay contact ON

T
Lower unit output relay contact OFF
RY 42
(Lock up)
T = 2 seconds
IW303-0252E02
239 W303-0257E
Data table

GR-300EX-1 6. When the vehicle speed limit input is ON, while
"Hi" mode is selected, the available gears are only
1. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" and "R" selected by the 1st and 2nd.
"D" acts as automatic gear while "Hi" mode is 7. While emergency transmission is functioning,
selected and acts as manual 4th gear while "Lo" "RY41~48" is OFF, “Do 10” is L, and manual
mode is selected. transmission is performed via external circuits.
However, the gearshift indicator corresponding to
2. Forward 6 gears (F1 through F6) and reverse 2 the gearshift lever input lights up.
mode is selected, the available gears are F3, F4, 8. To improve braking force, while the brake switch
F5, F6 and R2. While "Lo" mode is selected, the turns ON and the accelerator pedal is not
available gears are F1, F2, F3, F4 and R1. depressed, “Lockup Clutch” is engaged.
This is applied to “Hi” mode, but not applied in
3. While automatic transmission is functioning, the “1st-shift position” and below engine speed 1000
gear upshifts when the speed detected by the min-1, to prevent engine stop.
4. The shift map of automatic is selected from two

kinds of maps by the opening (90％or more and
less than 90%)of the accelerator.

240 W303-0257E
Data table
Upper
status
Gearshift status Lower unit output status
Di1
Ai2, Ai3
Hi/Lo (emergency
transmission) (1) (2) (3) (D) (N) (R) (accelerator
sensor1,2)
1 - - - - - - - RY41~48, MSOL1, MSOL2 OFF
-
0 0 0 0 1 0 - Neutral (N), MSOL1, MSOL2 ON
1 0 0 0 0 0 - Lo, manual 1st (F1)
0 1 0 0 0 0 - Lo, manual 2nd (F2)
Lo 0 0 1 0 0 0 - Lo, manual 3rd (F3)
0 0 0 1 0 0 - Lo, manual 4th (F4)
0 0 0 0 0 1 - Lo, reverse (R1)
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 - Hi, manual 1st (F3)
0 1 0 0 0 0 - Hi, manual 2nd (F4)
0 0 1 0 0 0 - Hi, manual 3rd (F5)
Hi 0 0 0 0 0 1 - Hi, reverse (R2)
Ai
Hi,mode1, automatic shift (F3 - F6)
3.35V
0 0 0 1 0 0
Ai >
Hi,mode2, automatic shift (F3 - F6)
3.35V
1: switch contact closed (H) *1
mode selector.
Remarks
NOTICE 4: • When Ai2 is 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is Ai3.
• When Ai3 is 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is Ai2.
• When Ai2 and Ai3 are 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), the small
of Ai2 and Ai3 is Ai.
NOTICE 5: While the emergency transmission is functioning, the output of RY43-48, MSOL1, MSOL2
are OFF.
*1 : Ai is Ai2 or Ai3 whichever is smaller.
241 W303-0257E
Data table

MSD3 LD4
MSD2 LD3
Hi 4th (F6)

SD3 SU3 LU4
Hi 2nd (F4)
LD1 A
0km/h SD1 SU1 LU2
LU1
MSD3
Lo 4th (F4)
MSD2 Lo 3rd (F3)

A
Lo 2nd (F2)
MSD1
Lo 1st (F1)
0km/h
IW303-0254E03
242 W303-0257E
Data table

Hi, mode 1 6 11 11 16 19 19 25 28 28
Hi, mode 2 8 11 11 16 19 19 25 28 28
Lo - 5 - - 8 - - 11 -

Gearshift
status RY43 RY44 RY45 RY46 RY47 RY48 RY41
(F1) (F2) (F3) (HI) (LO) (R) (N)
N 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
F1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
F2 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
F3 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
F4 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
F5 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
F6 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
R1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
R2 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
1: relay contact ON
Remarks

Di45 Remarks
(timing)
0 Normal
*1 1
Remarks

made.
243 W303-0257E
Data table

Serial signal output status to combination
meter
Gearshift output
status TXD3
Do 19 Do 20 Do 21 Do 22 Do 23 Do 24
(*) (1) (2) (3) (D) (N) (R)
(1) (2) (3) (N) (D) (R)
N 0 0 0 1 0 0
Manual 1st 1 0 0 0 0 0
Manual 2nd 0 1 0 0 0 0
Manual 3rd 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 - - - - - - Automatic 1st 1 0 0 0 1 0
4th 0 0 0 0 1 0
Reverse 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 - 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
Remarks
244 W303-0257E
Data table
Lockup control (1km/h=0.62mi/h)

Serial signal Lower unit
manual 3rd gear output status to output status
2nd gear 4th gear
1st gear combination meter
(km/h) (km/h) (km/h) RY42
(km/h) TXD3 (Do10)
(LOCK UP) (lock up)
LU1 LU2 LU3 LU4
1 1
9 15 21 38 (ON)
Hi, mode 1
LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4
0 0 (OFF)
7 12 18 30
LU1 LU2 LU3 LU4
1 1 (ON)
9 15 21 38
Hi, mode 2
LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4
0 0 (OFF)
7 12 18 35
1: relay
1: level "H" contact ON
0: level "L" 0: relay
contact
Remarks
OFF
detector.
NOTICE 1 : Lockup ON or OFF at 1st is only 1st in manual .
Lockup time lag
For upshifting (1st 2nd 3rd 4th) and downshifting (4th 3rd 2nd 1st), the lock up time lag
is set as shown below.
Shift point

T
T = 2 seconds
IW303-0261J42E
245 W303-0257E
Data table
Lockup function
Serial signal
Upper unit Upper unit
Upper unit input status Upper unit input status output to
status status combination
status
meter
Di 33 Di 61 tansmission Ai 2, Ai 3 TXD3
(Lockup output (accelerator Pi 1 RY 42 (Do 10)
Hi/Lo (Exhaust synchronization (tachometer) (Lockup)
brake) shange) status sensor 1,2) (Lockup)
Lo - - - - - 0 0
0 - - - -
1st - - *a
Refer to lockup control
A1 1.1V -
Hi 1 0 2nd, 3rd
Erev 1000
and 4th A1 1.0V
Erev>1100 1 1
1 1 - - - Refer to lockup control

1:Switch 1:Switch
contact contact 1:relay
Erev:Engine
closed closed (L) Ai adopts contact ON
rotating 1:level “H”
(H) 0:Switch the small of 2:relay
speed 2:level “L”
0:Switch contact open Ai2 and Ai3 -1 contact
(min )
contact (H) OFF
Remarks
open (L)
NOTICE 1 : The Lockup time log is installed regardless of input status of Di33 and Di61 while changing
the speed.
NOTICE 2 : While the emergency transmission is functioning, the output of RY42 and Do10 is 0.
NOTICE 3 : The output state of an upper transmission doesn't relate manual/automatically.
NOTICE 4 : •When Ai2 is 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is Ai3.
•When Ai3 is 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is Ai2.
•When Ai2 and Ai3 are 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), The output
of *a is applied.
246 W303-0257E
Data table
29.6 Applicable model: TR-150XL-4 4. For automatic transmission, two kinds of shift
maps (timings) are available depending on the
accelerator opening (over 90% or under 90%).
Lockup is deactivated for one second to prevent
mode is selected, the available gears are F2, F3, 6. While the rear steering lock pin is out of place,
F4 and R2. While "Lo" mode is selected, the only "1st" is made available during "Hi" mode and
available gears are F1, F2, F3 and R1. only "1st" and "2nd" are available during "Lo"
gear upshifts when the speed detected by the 7. While emergency transmission is functioning, "N"
main speed sensor reaches the specified value status is output and manual transmission is
and downshifts when the speeds detected by the performed via external circuits. However, the
main speed sensor and the sub-speed sensor gearshift indicator corresponding to the gearshift
drop to the specified values. (See the shift timing.) lever input lights up.
upshifting is always available regardless of the 8. To improve braking force, while the brake switch
vehicle speed. But to prevent overshifting, turns ON and the accelerator pedal is not
downshifting is not available until the speeds depressed, “Lockup Clutch” is engaged.
detected by the main speed sensor and the This is applied to “Hi” mode, but not applide in
sub-speed sensor drop to the specified values. “1st-shift position” and below engine speed 1000
min-1, to prevent engine stop.
RY 41: not used for this model
Upper
status
Di1 Gearshift status Lower unit output status
(emerge- Di27 Ai2，Ai3
Hi/Lo ncy (mode (accelerator sensor
transmis- shift) (1) (2) (D) (N) (R) 1, 2)
sion)
1 - - - - - - RY41-46, MSOL1, MSOL2 OFF
-
0 0 0 1 0 - Neutral (N), MSOL1, MSOL2 ON
1 0 0 0 0 - Lo, manual 1st (F1)
0 1 0 0 0 - Lo, manual 2nd (F2)
Lo - 0 0 1 0 0 - Lo, manual 3rd (F3)
0 0 0 0 1 - Lo, reverse (R1)
1 0 0 0 0 - Hi, manual 1st (F2)
0
0 1 0 0 0 - Hi, manual 2nd (F3)
0 0 0 0 1 - Hi, reverse (R2)
Ai 3.35V Hi, mode 1, automatic shift (F2 - F4)
Hi 0
Ai>3.35V Hi, mode 2, automatic shift (F2 - F4)
0 0 1 0 0
Ai 3.35V Hi, mode 3, automatic shift (F2 - F4)
1
Ai>3.35V Hi, mode 4, automatic shift (F2 - F4)
247 W303-0257E
Data table
1: switch contact closed (H) Ai is Ai2 or Ai3

whichever is
0: switch contact open (L) smaller.
Remarks
NOTICE 3 : When the vehicle speed detected by the main speed sensor is 30 km/h (18.6 mi/h) or
NOTICE 4 : If Ai2 is either less than 5% or more than 95% of the power supply voltage (5V), the value
of Ai3 is used as Ai.
If Ai3 is either less than 5% or more than 95% of the power supply voltage (5V), the value
of Ai2 is used as Ai.
If both Ai2 and Ai3 are either less than 5% or more than 95% of the power supply voltage
(5V), the value of Ai2 or Ai3 whichever is smaller is used as Ai.
NOTICE 5 :While the emergency transmission is functioning, the output of RY41-46, MSOL1, MSOL2
are OFF.

MSD2 LD3
MSD1 LD2
Hi 3rd (F4)
LD1
LU1

MSD2 Lo 3rd (F3)
MSD1
Lo 2nd (F2)
0km/h
Lo 1st (F1)
IW303-0261J36E
Transmission shift point (km/h) (1 km/h = 0.62 mi/h)

Hi, mode 1 4 20 22 26 33 30
Hi, mode 2 12 20 22 28 33 30
Lo - 8 - - 13 -
Remarks
NOTICE 1 : Up shifting (SU1-2) is available depending on the speed detected by the main speed sensor.
NOTICE 2 : Automatic downshifting (SD1-2) and manual downshifting (MSD1-2) are available depending
on the speeds detected by the main speed sensor and sub-speed sensor.
248 W303-0257E
Data table
Gearshift restrictions by lock pin status
Lower unit input status

Di4 Di5 Applicable shift map
Remarks
(lock pin "out" (lock pin “in” (timing)
detection) detection)
0 1 Normal
heavy lines
Shift map in heavy When lock pin is
*1 1 0
lines "out"
1 1 retained.
1: switch contact closed (L)

0: switch contact open (H)
Remarks
NOTICE 1 : At power-on or system check, the previous status is supposed to be

the "normal shit map".
NOTICE 2 : If the lower unit input status becomes *1 during F2, F3 or F4,
made.
Output of transmission relay RY 41: not used for this model

Gearshift
status RY41 RY43 RY44 RY45 RY46
（N）（A）（B）（C）（D）
N 1 0 0 0 0
F1 0 1 1 0 1
F2 0 0 1 0 1
F3 0 1 1 0 0
F4 0 0 1 0 0
R1 0 0 0 1 1
R2 0 0 0 1 0
1: relay contact ON
Remarks
249 W303-0257E
Data table

combination meter
Gearshift output
Di1 status TXD3
Di2 Di3 Di5 Di6 Di7
(1) (2) (D) (N) (R)
N 0 0 0 1 0 0
Manual 1st 1 0 0 0 0 0
Manual 2nd 0 1 0 0 0 0
Manual 3rd 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 - - - - -
Reverse 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
1
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
above
250 W303-0257E
Data table
Lock up control
(1 km/h = 0.62 mi/h)
1st 2nd
combination
gear gear gear
meter RY42
(LOCK UP)
LU1 LU2 LU3
1 1
14 24 32 (ON)
Hi, mode 1
and 2 LD1 LD2 LD3
0 0 (OFF)
10 14 28
Remarks
main speed detector.
Lock up time lag
shown below.
Shift point
1st, 2nd and 3rd gear

T
Lower unit output
relay contact ON
RY42 (lock up)
relay contact OFF
T = 1 second
IW303-0261J37E
251 W303-0257E
Data table
Lockup function
Serial signal
Upper unit Upper unit
Upper unit input status Upper unit input status output to
status status combination
status
meter
Di 33 Di 61 tansmission Ai 2, Ai 3 TXD3
(Lockup output (accelerator Pi 1 RY42 (Do 10)
Hi/Lo (Exhaust synchronization (tachometer) (Lockup)
brake) shange) status sensor 1,2) (Lockup)
Lo - - - - - 0 0
0 - - - - *a
1st - -
Refer to lockup control
A1 1.1V -
Hi 1 0 2nd and
Erev 1000
3rd A1 1.0V
Erev>1100 1 1
1 1 - - - Refer to lockup control

1:Switch 1:Switch
contact contact 1:relay
Erev:Engine
closed closed (L) Ai adopts contact ON
rotating 1:level “H”
(H) 0:Switch the small of 2:relay
speed 2:level “L”
0:Switch contact open Ai2 and Ai3 -1 contact
(min )
contact (H) OFF
Remarks
open (L)
NOTICE 1 : The Lockup time log is installed regardless of input status of Di33 and Di61 while changing
the speed.
NOTICE 2 : While the emergency transmission is functioning, the output of RY42 and Do10 is 0.
NOTICE 3 : The output state of an upper transmission doesn't relate manual/automatically.
NOTICE 4 : •When Ai2 is 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is Ai3.
•When Ai3 is 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is Ai2.
•When Ai2 and Ai3 are 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), The output
of *a is applied.
252 W303-0257E
Data table
30. PTO travel lamp

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*),
GR-550EX-1, TR-300XL-4,
1. If the vehicle speed is over 4 km/h (2.5 mi/h) while

PTO is ON, flashes the PTO travel lamp.

combination meter
Di36 (PTO) Pi2 (main speed) TXD3 (Do6) (rear center)
0 - 0
Vs<4 0
1
Vs 4 1/0
0: Level “L”
Remarks
Vs: vehicle speed (km/h) 1/0: Level “H/L”

(at 0.8 second interval)
NOTICE 1 : If the main speed input signal is erroneous (error 01), the main speed is supposed to be
Vs 4.
253 W303-0257E
Data table
31. C/W mounting /dismounting

GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL-1 (*)
and GR-550EX-1
1. The C/W dismounting is displayed by turning ON

the lamp, and in that status, the alarm buzzer
sounds if the vehicle speed is over 4 km/h (2.5
mi/h).
Upper unit output Serial signal output status to

status combination meter
Di52
Pi2 (main speed) Tr1 (alarm buzzer) TXD3 (Do12) (C/W remove)
(C/W mounting detection)
Vs<4 0
0 1
Vs 4 *1
1 - 0 0
1: switch contact
closed (H) 1: transistor ON 0: level “L”
0: switch contact 0: transistor OFF 1: level “H”
Remarks
open (L)
NOTICE 1 : The output status of *1 becomes “1” after 1 second since the conditions for status change
from “0” to “1” were met.
NOTICE 2 : If the main speed input signal is erroneous (error 01), the main speed is supposed to be
Vs 4.
254 W303-0257E
Data table
32. T/C Oil temperature

TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
TR-600XXL-4 (*), TR-800XXL-4 (*),
GR-700EXL-1 (*), GR-550EX-1,
1. In order to prevent running with torque converter

oil high temperature, the alarm buzzer sounds
when the vehicle speed is over 1 km/h (0.62 mi/h)
while the T/C oil temperature detection switch is
ON. Not used for TR-300XL, GR-300EX
Lower unit input status Upper unit input status Upper unit output status
Di 12 (T/C oil temp. detection) Pi 2 (main speed) Tr 4 (T/C oil temp. warning)
0 -
0
Vs<1
1
Vs 1 1
1: switch contact closed (L) 1: transistor ON

Remarks

0: switch contact open (H) 0: transistor OFF
NOTICE 1 :If the main speed input signal is erroneous (error 01), the main speed is supposed to be
Vs 1.
255 W303-0257E
Data table
33. Electronic governor 3. The output of A01 is assumed to be 0.9(V) until

the lower output state is fixed at power supply ON.
TR-300XL-4 ,GR-300EX-1 4. The accelerator sensor input value adopts the
and TR-150XL-4 small of accelerator sensor input 1 and 2. When
accelerator sensor input abnormality occurs, the
1. As for the accelerator sensor output, the output is
value of the normal side is adopted. When input
decided depending on characteristic (Normal
abnormality occurs both, the output is assumed to
mode, Operation mode, Low noise mode) decided
be 0V.
according to the condition of the accelerator
sensor input, the PTO input, the accelerator 5. When the lower outrigger accelerator switch is
stroke change input, and the low noise work turning on,When the shift is only N the outrigger
selection input. accelerator output is done.
2. When the PTO is ON (during operation), the map

shift signal is output to the engine ECU
depending on the inputs of "low noise operation.
Then the engine ECU sets two kinds of maximum Not used for these models
engine speed for operation.
(*1) Di62 (*1) Di39 Ao1,
Di36 (*1) RY21
(accelerator stroke (low noise (accelerator sensor
(PTO) (map shift)
shift) operation) output)
0 - - 0 2710min-1
0 0 1. Normal mode
0
1 1
1
0 0 2. Operation mode
1
1 1 3. Low noise mode
1: switch
contact 1: switch contact 1: switch contact
closed (H) closed (L) closed (H) 1: relay contact ON
0: switch 0: switch contact 0: switch contact 0: relay contact OFF
Remarks
contact open (H) open (L)

open (L)
NOTICE 1 : At power-on, outputs Ao1 and Ao2 are set to 0.9 [V] before the lower unit output status
stabilizes.
NOTICE 2 : • When Ai2 is 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is Ai3.
• When Ai3 is 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is Ai2.
• When Ai2 and Ai3 are 5% or less or 95% or more to power supply voltage 5(V), Ai is 0.
(*1) : Di62, Di39 and RY21 are not used for these models, therefore Ao1 is only Normal mode.
TR-300XL-4
TR-150XL-4
GR-300EX-1
1700min-1 1400min-1
256 W303-0257E
Data table
O/R accelerator Not used for TR-150XL-4

Upper unit input
Lower unit input status Lower unit output status
status
Gearshift status Di27 RY 10
(N) (O/R accelerator) (O/R accelerator output)
0 - 0
0 0
1
1 1
Remarks

NOTICE 1 : When only one of the gearshift inputs {R, N, D, 3rd, 2nd and 1st} is "1",
the gearshift status is renewed. Otherwise the previous status remains.
257 W303-0257E
Data table
34. Steering pump low-pressure alarm

1. When the pressure of steering circuit decreases,

the steering pump low-pressure lamp of
combination meter is lits.
However, when the outrigger ext./ret. select output
and the spring lock pressure source output are
“ON”, because the pressure has fallen the lamp is
not lit.

Lower unit input status
combination meter
MONI 52
Di4 TXD3 (Do 1)
MONI 5 MONI 6 (Spring lock
(Steering pump (Steering pump
(Ext.) (Ret.) pressure
low-pressure) low-pressure alarm)
source)
0 0
0 0 0
Other than the above - 0
Remarks
1: output monitor ON (H) ON 1: level “H”

0: output monitor OFF 0: switch contact open 0: level “L”
(L) OFF
258 W303-0257E
Data table
1. When the pressure of steering circuit decreases,

the steering pump low-pressure lamp of
combination meter is lits.
However, when the outrigger ext./ret. select output
and the spring lock pressure source output are
“ON”, because the pressure has fallen the lamp is
not lit.

Lower unit input status status to
combination meter
MONI 20 MONI 52 Di 19 TXD3 (Do 1)
MONI 5 MONI 6
(Free (spring (Lock (spring (Steering pump (Steering pump
(Ext.) (Ret.)
lock)) lock)) low-pressure) low-pressure alarm)
0 0
0 0 0
Other than the above - 0
Remarks
1: output monitor ON (H) ON 1: level “H”

0: output monitor OFF 0: switch contact open 0: level “L”
(L) OFF
259 W303-0257E
Data table
35. Wiper control

TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4,
TR-500XL-4 (*), TR-600XL-4,
GR-700EXL-1, TR-600XXL-4 (*),
TR-800XXL-4 (*), GR-700EXL (*),
GR-300EX-1
1. Wiper interval signal is output when the

intermittent operation signal is received.
2. When the washer is operated for 0.3 seconds or

longer, wiper operation signal is output.

(**) Di56 or Di63 Di64 Remark
(**) Di50 or Di51 Tr19 Tr20
(Intermittent (Intermittent
(Washer operation) Front wiper Roof wiper
operation) operation)
[front] operation output operation output
[front] [roof]
0 - 0 -
0
1 - 1 *2 -
Front
0 - 1 *1 -
1
1 - 1 *3 -
- 0 - 0
- Roof
- 1 - 1 *1
1:Switch contact closed (L) 1: transister ON
0: Switch contact open (H) 0: transister OFF
*1: When the intermittent operation is ON, wiper operates one-second ON and five-second OFF
alternately.
When the intermittent operation is OFF, wiper is turned OFF immediately. (See time chart 1.)
*2: When the washer is operated for 0.3seconds or longer, wiper operation is turned ON.
Remarks
After washer operation is turned OFF, wiper operation remains ON for 2.0 seconds.
(See time chart 2.)
*3: If the washer operation is ON during intermittent operation, washer operation interrupts the
intermittent operation.
Ex. If the washer is operated during intermittent operation, the intermittent wiper operation is
stopped and wiper operation triggered by washer operation is activated.
After wiper operation triggered by washer operation is finished and becomes OFF, wiper operation
(triggered by intermittent operation) restarts alternating between five-second OFF and one-second
ON. (See time chart 3.)
[NOTICE] (**):
TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4, TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
Di56
(Intermitte operation) [front] TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1
Di63 TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
TR-450XL-4, TR-500XL-4, TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4,
Di50
(Washer operation) [front] TR-800XXL-4, GR-700EXL-1
Di51 TR-300XL-4, GR-300EX-1
260 W303-0257E
Data table
261 W303-0257E
Data table
36. Drum indicator
(1) Visual type (LED) (2) Touch type (SOL.)
1. The four LEDs are cyclically turned on/off one 1. Input pulses are output to input circuit of controller
after another according to pulses from the drum for touch type drum indicator in according to
rotation sensor of the selected main/sub drum. pulses from the drum rotation sensor.
2. As for the main drum, the input pulses are divided

by a factor of four before they are output.
3. While the clearance lamp is turned ON, the LEDs

flash at less brightness at a higher speed.

Tr17 Tr18
Di32 Di55
Di36 Tr21 Tr22 Tr23 Tr24 (Drum (Drum
(clearance (Drum indicator
（PTO） (LED1) (LED2) (LED3) (LED4) indicator indicator
lamp) M/S shift)
SOL.(S)) SOL.(M))
0 - - 0 0 0 0 0 0
When Di36 changes from "0" to "1", first
Tr21 is turned ON, then Tr22, Tr23 and Tr24
1 are cyclically turned on one after another at
intervals corresponding to the Pi4 input
pulses divided by a factor of four.
0
0 are cyclically turned on one after another at
intervals corresponding to the Pi3 input Tr17 is Tr18 is
pulses. turned turned
When Di36 changes from "0" to "1", first ON ON
1 Tr21 is turned ON, then Tr22, Tr23 and Tr24 according according
are cyclically turned on one after another at to the to the
1 intervals corresponding to the Pi4 input input input
pulses divided by a factor of four. pulse of pulse of
When turned on, the LEDs flash at less Di3 Di4
brightness at a higher speed.
1
are cyclically turned on one after another at
0 intervals corresponding to the Pi3 input
pulses.
When turned on, the LEDs flash at less
brightness at a higher speed.
1: switch contact closed 1: switch contact 1: transistor ON
(H) closed (L) 0: transistor OFF
0: switch contact open 0: switch contact
(L) open (H)
262 W303-0257E
Head Office Ko-34,Sinden-cho, Takamatsu, Japan
Overseas Service Group

Tadano Ryogoku Bldg.
4-12, Kamezawa 2-chome,
Sumida-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
Tel. 81 (3) 3621-7765
Tel fax 81 (3) 3621-7785
History of revision
1
2
3
4
5

MDT Service Manual PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

MDT Service Manual PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Publication No.

Multiplex Data Transmitter

In undertaking repair, refer to the separate parts (1) GR-550E-1-00211

TR-600XL-4 (1) GR-600-1-00101

TR-600XXL-4 (1) GR-600-1-00103

TR-800XXL-4 (1) GR-800-1-00101

Please note that, for product Improvement, some

Foreword ....................................................... 1 Disassembly and reassembly......................... 71

3. TR-600XL-4, TR-600XXL-4, TR-800XXL-4 3. Parking alarm.................................................163

9.Rear center lamp .......................................... 169 13.2 Applicable model: TR-300XL-4,

28. Suspension lock ........................................... 221 34.Steering pump low-pressure alarm................258

Structure and function

Input *Po1, Po2 RXD1 TXD1

2.1 Upper MDT

Error code display

1. Base 3. Screw 5. Display panel 7. CPU board

2.2 Lower MDT

1. Screw 4. Name plate 7. CPU board 10. Base

3. Check functions 3.7 Manual check function

When the system automatically shuts off or does

3.2 Memory check function

This function is for checking the correct data

3.3 ROM check function

This function checks if the data in the ROM (flash

3.4 Transfer data check function

This function is for detecting failure of the

3.5 Lower unit output check function

The output signal from the lower unit is monitored,

3.6 Power supply voltage check function

The system automatically shuts off in the fail-safe

4. Display function 4. Error code display (LED4)

Error code display 6. LED6 (red)

4.1.2 Lower MDT

3. LED3 (green) 2. Once the error code is displayed, it remains on

TR-500XL-4(*) 5A 01 L7 Error Code

4.3 Error display IW303-0251E19

1. When failure is detected in upper/lower MDT, error

4.5 Error history erasure

4.9 Port/bit Nos., input/output signal Nos. and corresponding signals

For the name of signal, refer to “Input/output signal lists”.

CPU Lower MDT

.CPU always checks outputs signal (RY41) and

31 Di31 63 Di63 119 Di31 167 MONI31

32 Di32 64 Di64 120 Di32 168 MONI32

5.1 Fail-safe state

When a failure occurs, non-critical operation is maintained to avoid hazard.

Circuit Designation State

1. Press the sysyem check switch. LED6 (red) : Resetting

LED1 (red) : Communication with lower MDT

3. When the error code is displayed or the LED

4. Check the input and output signals on the MDT

1. MDT check mode display function

2. “MDT monitor” display function in the AML

When the input power supply seems to be faulty,

5. If the cause can not be identified after the above,

2. Error code list

2.1 Error code detected in upper MDT

Error Error Cause

Error Error Cause

Repair or replace the faulty part

04 Failure in The rate of outrigger 1.Failure in potentiometer of outrigger MDT action:

05 Failure in Ditto Ditto Ditto

06 Failure in Ditto Ditto Ditto